Document:

EX-10.3

  

KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH 
 as the
Issuer 
 and 
 the Guarantors
party hereto 
 and 
 DEUTSCHE
TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED 
 as Trustee 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH 

as Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent 

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A. 
 as
Registrar 
 DEUTSCHE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE SERVICES (IRELAND) LIMITED 

as Irish Paying Agent 
 DEUTSCHE
BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS 
 as U.S. Paying Agent, U.S. Registrar and Transfer Agent 

and 
 UBS Limited 

as Security Agent 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of June 22, 2011 
  

 
 Euro denominated
10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 
 U.S. dollar denominated 9.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 

 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
		 	ARTICLE 1	  			
		 	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE
	  			
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	39	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 2	  			
		 	THE NOTES	  			
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	 Form and Dating
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	 Paying Agent to Hold Money
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 2.14
	 	 Deposit of Moneys
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 2.15
	 	 Agents
	  	 	53	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 3	  			
		 	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  			
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	 Redemption for Changes in Taxes
	  	 	57	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 3.10
	 	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 3.11
	 	 Special Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	60	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 4	  			
		 	COVENANTS	  			
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 4.02
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	 Reports
	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	 Restricted Payments
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	  	 	69	  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 4.10
	 	 Asset Sales
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	 Liens
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	 No Layering of Debt
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	 Additional Guarantees
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 4.19
	 	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 4.20
	 	 Maintenance of Listing
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 4.21
	 	 Impairment of Security Interest
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 4.22
	 	 Additional Amounts
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 4.23
	 	 Suspension of Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 4.24
	 	 Completion Guarantors and Post-Completion Guarantors
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 4.25
	 	 Initial Collateral and Post-Completion Collateral
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 4.26
	 	 Further Assurance
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 4.27
	 	 Additional Parallel Priority Agreements
	  	 	88	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 5	  			
		 	SUCCESSORS	  			
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of the Issuer
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of the Parent
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 5.03
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of Luxco2
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 5.04
	 	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of Guarantors other than the Parent and Luxco2
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 5.05
	 	 General
	  	 	93	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 6	  			
		 	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 6.07
	 	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 6.12
	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	99	  
	 Section 6.13
	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	100	  
	 Section 6.14
	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	100	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 7	  			
		 	TRUSTEE	  			
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	100	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	 Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	 Trustee’s and Security Agent’s Disclaimer
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 7.06
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	105	  

  
 ii 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 7.09
	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	106	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	 Agents
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 7.12
	 	 Patriot Act
	  	 	107	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 8	  			
		 	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  			
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	109	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	 Repayment to Issuer
	  	 	110	  
	 Section 8.07
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	110	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 9	  			
		 	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  			
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	110	  
	 Section 9.02
	 	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	111	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	113	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	113	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	 Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	114	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 10	  			
		 	COLLATERAL AND SECURITY	  			
			
	 Section 10.01.
	 	 Security Documents and Escrow Charge
	  	 	114	  
	 Section 10.02
	 	 Release of Collateral and Charged Rights
	  	 	115	  
	 Section 10.03
	 	 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents and the Escrow Documents
	  	 	115	  
	 Section 10.04
	 	 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents and the Escrow Documents
	  	 	116	  
	 Section 10.05
	 	 Termination of Security Interest
	  	 	116	  
	 Section 10.06
	 	 Security Agent
	  	 	117	  
	 Section 10.07
	 	 Parallel Debt
	  	 	117	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 11	  			
		 	NOTE GUARANTEES	  			
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	118	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	119	  
	 Section 11.03
	 	 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	  	 	126	  
	 Section 11.04
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	127	  
	 Section 11.05
	 	 Releases
	  	 	127	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 12	  			
		 	[RESERVED]	  			
			
		 	ARTICLE 13	  			
		 	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  			
			
	 Section 13.01
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	128	  
	 Section 13.02
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	128	  
			
		 	ARTICLE 14	  			
		 	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	 Section 14.01
	 	 Notices
	  	 	129	  

  
 iii 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 14.02
	 	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	131	  
	 Section 14.03
	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	131	  
	 Section 14.04
	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	132	  
	 Section 14.05
	 	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	132	  
	 Section 14.06
	 	 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities
	  	 	132	  
	 Section 14.07
	 	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.08
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.09
	 	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.10
	 	 Successors
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.11
	 	 Severability
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.12
	 	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.13
	 	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.14
	 	 Judgment Currency
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 14.15
	 	 Prescription
	  	 	134	  
	 Section 14.16
	 	 Additional Information
	  	 	134	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A-1	  	FORM OF EURO NOTE
	Exhibit A-2	  	FORM OF DOLLAR NOTE
	Exhibit B-1	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR EURO NOTES
	Exhibit B-2	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR DOLLAR NOTES
	Exhibit C-1	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR EURO NOTES
	Exhibit C-2	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR DOLLAR NOTES
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
	Exhibit F	  	AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of June 22, 2011 among Kinove German Bondco GmbH, a limited liability
company organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein), Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as Principal Paying Agent and
Transfer Agent, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as Registrar, Deutsche International Corporate Services (Ireland) Limited as Irish Paying Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as U.S. Paying Agent, U.S. Registrar and Transfer Agent, and UBS
Limited as Security Agent. 
 The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal
and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the Issuer’s euro –denominated 10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Euro Notes”) and the Issuer’s U.S. dollar denominated 9.625% Senior Secured Notes
due 2018 (the “Dollar Notes” and, together with the Euro Notes, the “Notes”). 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Dollar Rule 144A Global Note and a Euro Rule 144A Global Note. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of
such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition of the Carbon Black Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and
the China Agreement. 
 “Acquisition Agreement” means the share purchase agreement dated as of April 16, 2011, by and
between Evonik Degussa GmbH, as seller and German Bidco, as purchaser, including any schedules attached thereto, relating to, inter alia, the acquisition of the Carbon Black Subsidiaries (other than the Chinese JV). 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) of any series having identical terms and conditions
to the Notes from the relevant series issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.02 and Section 4.09 hereof, as part of the relevant series of the Initial Notes. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control”, as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under
common control with” have correlative meanings. 

  
 1 

 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Authenticating
Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
 “Agreed Security Principles” means the Agreed Security Principles
as set forth in Exhibit F to this Indenture, as applied reasonably and in good faith by the Parent. 
 “Applicable Premium”
means: 
  

	 	(1)	with respect to a Dollar Note on any redemption date prior to June 15, 2014, the greater of: 

  

	 	(a)	1.0% of the principal amount of such Dollar Note; or 

  

	 	(b)	the excess of: 

  

	 	(i)	the present value at such redemption date of the redemption price of the Dollar Note at June 15, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07 hereof) plus all
required interest payments due on the Dollar Note through June 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points;
over 

  

	 	(ii)	the principal amount the Dollar Note; or 

  

	 	(2)	with respect to a Euro Note on any redemption date prior to June 15, 2014, the greater of: 

  

	 	(a)	1.0% of the principal amount of such Euro Note; or 

  

	 	(b)	the excess of: 

  

	 	(i)	the present value at such redemption date of the redemption price of the Euro Note at June 15, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under Section 3.07 hereof) plus all
required interest payments due on the Euro Note through June 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

  

	 	(b)	the principal amount of the Euro Note, 

 as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer
by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be a duty
or obligation of the Trustee, the Registrars or any Paying Agent. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to
any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
  

	 	(1)	the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.15 hereof and/or Article 5 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and 

 

	 	(2)	the issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries (in each case, other than
directors’ qualifying shares). 

  
 2 

 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

  

	 	(1)	any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than €5.0 million; 

 

	 	(2)	a transfer of assets or Equity Interests between or among the Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(3)	an issuance of Equity Interests by the Parent or the Issuer pursuant to an equity incentive or management compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors or by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or to a
Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(4)	the sale, lease or other transfer of accounts receivable, inventory, trading stock and other assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment, sale or other disposition of damaged, worn out or
obsolete assets or assets or intellectual property that are, in the reasonable judgment of the Parent, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole); 

  

	 	(5)	licenses, sublicenses, subleases, assignments or other disposition by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(6)	any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(7)	the granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof; 

  

	 	(8)	the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

  

	 	(9)	a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof, a Permitted Investment or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of Restricted Payment; 

 

	 	(10)	the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar
arrangements; 

  

	 	(11)	the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of
any kind; 

  

	 	(12)	the disposition of assets to a Person who is providing services (the provision of which have been or are to be outsourced by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person) related to such assets;

  

	 	(13)	any unwinding or termination of Hedging Obligations not for speculative purposes; and 

  

	 	(14)	the disposition of assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary which are seized, expropriated or compulsory purchased by or by the order of any central or local government authority and which could not be
reasonably expected to have a material adverse affect on the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that any Net Proceeds received are applied in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof has the meaning assigned to that term in this
Indenture. 

  
 3 

 “Authorized Person” means any person who is designated in writing by the Issuer
from time to time to give Instructions to the Trustee and/or an Agent under this Indenture. 
 “Authenticating Agent” has
the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02 hereof. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means the German Insolvency Code
(Insolvenzordnung), Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, or any similar United States federal or state law or relevant law in any jurisdiction or organization or similar foreign law (including, without limitation, the laws of
France, Hong Kong, the Republic of Italy, the Republic of Korea, Poland, Portugal and Sweden relating to the capability of a debtor to pay its debts, the debtor’s over-indebtedness or lack of assets to cover a debtor’s outstanding debt or
relating to moratorium, bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors) or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act as
in effect on the Issue Date, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms
“Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of
Directors” means: 
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee
thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the
general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of
such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Book-Entry Interest” means a beneficial interest in a Global Note held by or
through a Participant. 
 “Bund Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to
maturity as of such redemption date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such relevant date,
where: 
  

	 	(1)	“Comparable German Bund Issue” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date
to June 15, 2014, and that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the
then outstanding principal amount of the Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to June 15, 2014; provided, however, that, if the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2014 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of
one year shall be used; 

  
 4 

	 	(2)	“Comparable German Bund Price” means, with respect to any relevant date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such
quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations; 

 

	 	(3)	“Reference German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and 

 

	 	(4)	“Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any relevant date, the average as determined by the Issuer of the bid and offered prices for the
Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany time on the third Business Day preceding the
relevant date. 

 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
banking institutions in London, Frankfurt or New York or a place of payment under this Indenture are authorized or required by law to close. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect
of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS, as in effect as of the Issue Date, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of
participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Carbon Black Subsidiaries” means (a) each of Evonik Carbon Black Brasil Ltda,
Evonik Compagnie Française du Carbon Black S.A.S., Evonik Carbon Black GmbH, Evonik Carbon Black Italia S.r.l., Evonik Carbon Black Korea Co. Ltd., Evonik Carbon Black Polska Sp. z.o.o., Evonik Carbogal S.A., Evonik Norcarb AB and Evonik
Carbon Black LLC, and (b) each of (i) Algorax (Proprietary) Limited and (ii) Qingdao Evonik Chemical Co. Ltd., in each case, as of the date of acquisition by the Parent of beneficial ownership of 100% or a majority of the entire
issued Capital Stock of such Person in accordance with the Acquisition. 

  
 5 

 “Carbon Black Guarantors” means each of Evonik Compagnie Française
du Carbon Black S.A.S., Evonik Carbon Black GmbH, Evonik Carbon Black Italia S.r.l., Evonik Carbon Black Korea Co. Ltd., Evonik Carbon Black Polska Sp. z.o.o., Evonik Carbogal S.A., Evonik Norcarb AB and Evonik Carbon Black LLC. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed
by, the government of a member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union, the United States of America, Switzerland, Australia or Canada (including, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof), as the case may be, the payment of which is
backed by the full faith and credit of the relevant member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union or the United States of America, Switzerland, Australia or Canada, as the case may be, and which are not callable or redeemable at the Issuer’s
option; 
 (2) (a) overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and
money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less (together, the “Bank Deposits”) from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under, or authorized to
operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union or of the United States of America or any state thereof, Switzerland or Canada; provided that such bank or trust company has capital,
surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of €250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-1” or higher by Moody’s or A+ or higher
by S&P or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency; 
 (b) in the case of
Restricted Subsidiaries organized under the laws of Brazil, China, Korea or South Africa (the “Restricted Jurisdictions”), Bank Deposits from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company (i) which has also issued
Bank Deposits in which such Restricted Subsidiary is invested as of the Issue Date in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; or (ii) which has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of
€250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated Investment Grade; 

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(1) and (2) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above; 

(4) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing
within one year after the date of acquisition; and 
 (5) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (4) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control”
means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	(i) following an Initial Public Offering, the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) or,
(ii) prior to an Initial Public Offering, if any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more
Permitted Holders, has become the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, provided that for the purposes of this clause, (x) no Change of Control shall be
deemed to occur by reason of the Issuer becoming a Subsidiary of a Successor Parent; and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the Beneficial Owner shall not be included in any Voting Stock of which any such person or group is
the Beneficial Owner, unless that person or group is not an Affiliate of a Permitted Holder and has the sole voting power with respect to that Voting Stock; or 

  
 6 

	 	(2)	the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Exchange Act) other than one or more Permitted Holders. 

“Charged Rights” has the meaning given to the term in the Escrow Charge. 

“China Agreement” means the agreement dated on or about the date of the Acquisition Agreement relating to the sale and
purchase of the Chinese JV and made between Evonik Degussa GmbH, as seller and German Bidco, as purchaser. 
 “Chinese JV”
means Quingdao Evonik Chemical Co Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, its nominee or any successor securities
clearing agent. 
 “Collateral” means the rights, property and assets securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees and any
rights, property or assets over which a Lien has been granted to secure the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Initial Collateral, the
Post-Completion Collateral and the Post-Completion Capital Stock Collateral). 
 “Common Depositary” means Deutsche
Bank AG, London Branch as common depositary until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Completion Date” means the date on which the conditions of the Escrow Agreement for the release of the Escrowed Property
have been satisfied and the acquisition of the Carbon Black Guarantors is completed. 
 “Completion Guarantors” means each
of Italy Bidco, France Bidco, Portugal Bidco, US Bidco, Hong Kong Bidco (to the extent that Hong Kong Bidco is incorporated as of the Completion Date), Poland Bidco, Sweden Bidco and Korea Bidco. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
for such period plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, without duplication: 
  

	 	(1)	provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus 

 

	 	(2)	the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus 

  

	 	(3)	depreciation, amortization (including, without limitation, amortization of intangibles and deferred financing fees) and other non-cash charges and expenses (including without limitation write-downs and impairment of
property, plant, equipment and intangibles and other long-lived assets and the impact of purchase accounting on the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period) of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash
charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) for such period; plus

  
 7 

	 	(4)	any expenses, charges or other costs related to the issuance of any Capital Stock, or any Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or listing or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under Section 4.09 hereof (or the refinancing thereof) whether or not successful; plus 

  

	 	(5)	any foreign currency transaction losses of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 

  

	 	(6)	the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary in such period or any prior period,
except to the extent of dividends declared or paid on, or other cash payments in respect of, Equity Interests held by such parties; plus 

  

	 	(7)	(a) any unusual loss or charge, or (b) any non-cash charges or reserves in respect of any integration; plus 

  

	 	(8)	any inventory holding losses of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus  

  

	 	(9)	Management Fees payable under clause (a) of the definition thereof; plus  

  

	 	(10)	all expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness; minus 

  

	 	(11)	any unusual gain; minus 

  

	 	(12)	any foreign currency transaction gains of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; minus 

  

	 	(13)	non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than any non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (1) through (11) of the definition of
Consolidated Net Income), other than the reversal of a reserve for cash charges in a future period in the ordinary course of business; minus 

  

	 	(14)	any inventory holding gains of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

 in each case, on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with IFRS. 
 “Consolidated Leverage” means, with respect to any Person as
of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of (a) the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, plus (b) an amount equal to the greater of the liquidation preference
or the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person (but not giving effect to any additional Indebtedness to be incurred on the date of
determination as part of the same transaction or series of transactions pursuant to Section 4.09(b) hereof). 
 “Consolidated
Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Leverage of such Person on such date to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such
Person’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes,
guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of
the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (for the purpose of this definition, the
“Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness,
or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. 

  
 8 

 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period: 

 

	 	(1)	acquisitions of any Person, business or group of assets that constitutes an operating unit or division of a business that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through
mergers, consolidations, amalgamations or otherwise, or by any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including
increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries (including Persons who become Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such increase), during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation
Date (including transactions giving rise to the need to calculate such Consolidated Leverage Ratio) will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period; 

 

	 	(2)	the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of on or prior to the Calculation Date
(including transactions giving rise to the need to calculate such Consolidated Leverage Ratio), will be excluded; 

  

	 	(3)	any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; and 

 

	 	(4)	any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition, the amount of
income or earnings relating thereto or the amount of Consolidated EBITDA associated therewith, the pro forma calculation shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Parent. For the purposes of
this definition and the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, the pro forma calculation may include anticipated expense and cost reductions and synergies as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Parent;
provided that the aggregate amount of all adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA made in respect of such anticipated expense and cost reductions and synergies shall not exceed 10.0% of such Person’s pro forma Consolidated EBITDA for such
period after giving effect to all other pro forma adjustments but before giving effect to such anticipated expense and cost reductions and synergies. In determining the amount of Indebtedness outstanding on any date of determination, pro
forma effect will be given to any incurrence, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge or Indebtedness on such date. 

  
 9 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any
period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis (excluding the net income (loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent of any cash actually
distributed by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period), determined in accordance with IFRS and without any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends; provided that: 

 

	 	(1)	the net income or loss of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar
distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary which is a Subsidiary of the Person; 

  

	 	(2)	solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(b)(3)(A) hereof, any net income or loss of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) will be excluded
if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Parent (or any Guarantor that holds the Equity Interests
of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable) by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted
Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or the Indenture and (c) contractual restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect
to such Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Holders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, except that the
Parent’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed
by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor), to the limitation
contained in this clause); 

  

	 	(3)	any net gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale leaseback transaction) which is not sold
or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Parent) will be excluded; 

  

	 	(4)	any one time non-cash charges or any amortization or depreciation resulting from purchase accounting, in each case, in relation to any acquisition of, or merger or consolidation with, another Person or business or
resulting from any reorganization or restructuring involving the Parent or its Subsidiaries will be excluded; 

  

	 	(5)	the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 

  

	 	(6)	any extraordinary, exceptional or nonrecurring gains or losses or any charges (in each case as determined in good faith by the Parent) will be excluded; 

 

	 	(7)	any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value or changes therein recognized in earnings for
derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations will be excluded; 

  

	 	(8)	any non-cash compensation charge or expenses arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards will be excluded; 

  
 10 

	 	(9)	any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges will be excluded; 

  

	 	(10)	all deferred financing costs written off and premium paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain or loss from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness will be excluded; and

  

	 	(11)	any non-cash or capitalized interest (including accreting or pay-in-kind interest) on any Subordinated Shareholder Debt will be excluded. 

“Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the total amount of Senior Secured
Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. 
 “Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage
Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage of the Parent on such date to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters
for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays,
repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which
the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is made (for the purpose of this definition, the
“Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge
of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period provided,
however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to (i) any Indebtedness incurred on the Calculation Date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.09(b) (other than clause (16) thereof) or (ii) the
discharge on the Calculation Date of any Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.09(b) (other than clause (16) thereof); provided
further that the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any revolving credit facility shall be determined based on the average daily balance outstanding during such period).  

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA for such period: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including through
mergers or consolidations, or by any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions
and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the
Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a responsible accounting or financial officer of the Parent) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period; 

(2) the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and
ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date (including transactions giving rise to the need to calculate such Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio), will be excluded; 

(3) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during
such four-quarter period; and 
 (4) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been
a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period. 

  
 11 

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an
Asset Sale, Investment or acquisition, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto or the amount of Consolidated EBITDA associated therewith, the pro forma calculation shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting Officer of the Parent. For the purposes of this definition and the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, the pro forma calculation may include anticipated expense and cost reductions and synergies as determined in good faith by a
responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Parent; provided that the aggregate amount of all adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA made in respect of such anticipated expense and cost reductions and synergies shall not exceed 10.0% of such
Person’s pro forma Consolidated EBITDA for such period after giving effect to all other pro forma adjustments but before giving effect to such anticipated expense and cost reductions and synergies. In determining the amount of
Indebtedness outstanding on any date of determination, pro forma effect will be given to any incurrence, repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition, retirement or discharge or Indebtedness on such date.  

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that, in each case, does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any
obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
  

	 	(1)	to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; 

  

	 	(2)	to advance or supply funds: 

  

	 	(a)	for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

  

	 	(b)	to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or 

 

	 	(3)	to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss
in respect thereof. 

 “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such
Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived. 
 “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Parent
or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, instruments or arrangements (including the Revolving Credit Facility or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) or commercial paper facilities or indentures or trust deeds or
note purchase agreements, in each case, with banks, other institutions, funds or investors, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, bonds, notes debentures or other corporate debt instruments or other Indebtedness, in
each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original
administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or trustees or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the Revolving Credit Facility or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing
agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee
and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the term “Credit Facilities” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Parent as additional borrowers,
issuers or guarantors thereunder (provided that such Subsidiaries are or become Guarantors of the Notes), (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the
terms and conditions thereof. 

  
 12 

 “Currency Exchange Protection Agreement” means, in respect of any Person, any
foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option, cap, floor, ceiling or collar or agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates as to which
such Person is a party. 
 “Custodian” means, with respect to the Dollar Global Notes, Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Definitive Registered Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder
thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto (as applicable) except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes
issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, DTC, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of this Indenture. 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent or
one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash
or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 90 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the issuer thereof to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the issuer thereof may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. For purposes hereof, the
amount of Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to
be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined as set forth herein. 

“Dollar” or “$” or “U.S.$” or “U.S. dollar” means the lawful currency of
the United States of America. 
 “Dollar Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend
and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with the Custodian and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Dollar Notes initially resold
in reliance on Rule 144A, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections
2.01 and 2.06 hereof. 

  
 13 

 “Dollar Global Note” means a Dollar Rule 144A Global Note or a Dollar Regulation
S Global Note. 
 “Dollar Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with the Custodian and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Dollar Notes initially resold in reliance on
Regulation S, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 2.06
hereof. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“ECB Brazil” means Evonik Carbon Black Brasil Ltda., a company incorporated under the laws of Brazil. 

“Equity Contribution” means the amount of Equity Interests and Subordinated Shareholder Debt of the Parent subscribed
by the Equity Investors in connection with the Acquisition. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all
warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Investors” means each of (i) Rhône Capital III L.P., Rhône Capital IV L.P. and their respective
Affiliates (not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the Equity Investors, other than entities in which the Equity Investors (other than Affiliates) beneficially own in the aggregate a majority (or more) voting
interest and are established to solely hold, directly or indirectly, interests in the Issuer) from time to time or any investment vehicle, trust, fund, company or partnership owned, managed or advised by any of Rhône Capital III L.P.,
Rhône Capital IV L.P. or any such Affiliate (the “Rhône Investors”) and (ii) Triton Managers III Limited, TFF III Limited, and Triton Partners (Holdco) Limited (together “Triton III”) and their
respective Affiliates (not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the Equity Investors, other than entities in which the Equity Investors (other than Affiliates) beneficially own in the aggregate a majority (or more)
voting interest and are established to solely hold, directly or indirectly, interests in the Issuer) or any fund that has indirectly or directly any of Triton III as a general partner or any investment vehicle, trust, fund, company or partnership
owned, managed or advised by any of Triton III or any such Affiliate (the “Triton Investors”). 
 “Equity
Offering” means a sale (other than to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) of Capital Stock (x) that is a sale of Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any
successor form) under the U.S. Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the proceeds of which are contributed as Subordinated Shareholder Debt or to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock)
of the Parent or any Guarantor. 
 “Escrow Accounts” means the Dollar Escrow Account and the Euro Escrow Account,
each as defined in the Escrow Agreement. 
 “Escrow Agent” means Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as escrow agent
under the Escrow Agreement, until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

  
 14 

 “Escrow Agreement” means the escrow deed dated the Issue Date among,
inter alia, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent.  
 “Escrow Charge” means the account charge dated
the Issue Date among the Issuer, as chargor, and the Trustee. 
 “Escrow Documents” means the Escrow Agreement and the
Escrow Charge. 
 “Escrow Longstop Date” means September 30, 2011. 

“Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an
escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the
occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow. 

“Escrowed Property” means the proceeds of the offering of the Notes deposited into the Escrow Accounts on the Issue Date, and
all other funds, securities, interest, dividends, distributions and other property and payments credited to the Escrow Accounts (less any property and/or funds paid in accordance with the Escrow Agreement). 

“euro,” “EUR” and “€” means the single currency of the participating member
states of the European Union participating in the third stage of economic and monetary union pursuant to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Euro Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than euro, at any time of
determination thereof, the amount of euro obtained by translating such other currency involved in such computation into euro at the spot rate for the purchase of euro with the applicable other currency as published in The Financial Times (or,
if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, a comparable source as may be selected in good faith by the Issuer) on the date two Business Days prior to such
determination. 
 “Euro Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Euro Notes initially resold in reliance on Rule 144A,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 2.06 hereof.

 “Euro Global Note” means a Euro Rule 144A Global Note and a Euro Regulation S Global Note. 

“Euro Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend
and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an initial amount equal to the principal amount of the Euro Notes initially resold in reliance on Regulation S,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 2.06 hereof.

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., or any successor securities clearing system. 

  
 15 

 “European Government Obligations” means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, a member state of the European Union, and the payment for which such member state of the European Union pledges its full faith and credit. 

“Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from: 

(1) capital contributions to equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock); and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, 

in each case designated as “Excluded Contributions” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (which shall be designated no
later than the date on which such Excluded Contribution has been received by the Issuer), the net cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07 (b)(3)(B) hereof. 

“Excluded Joint Venture” means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a
partnership) that, in each case, is engaged in a Permitted Business in the U.S. and Canada and of which no more than 80% of the total equity and total Voting Stock is at the time of determination, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
Parent or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or a combination thereof and (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity that, in each case, is engaged in a Permitted Business in the U.S. and Canada and of
which no more than 80% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are at the time of determination, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
Parent or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; provided, however, that the “person(s)” or
“group” of related persons which own or control, directly or indirectly, the remaining 20% stock or interests of an Excluded Joint Venture shall not be one or more Permitted Holders or an Affiliate thereof.  

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a
transaction not involving distress of either party, determined in good faith by the Parent’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or responsible accounting or financial officer of the Parent. 

“Finance Subsidiary” means a wholly owned subsidiary that is formed for the purpose of borrowing funds or issuing securities
and lending the proceeds to the Issuer or a Guarantor and that conducts no business other than as may be reasonably incidental to, or related to, the foregoing. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated
EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise
discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior
to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (for the purposes of this definition, the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro
forma effect (as determined in good faith by a responsible accounting or financial officer of the Parent) to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such
issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period provided, however, that the pro forma calculation shall
not give effect to (i) any Indebtedness incurred on the Calculation Date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.09(b) (other than clause (16) thereof) or (ii) the discharge on the Calculation Date of any
Indebtedness to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.09(b) (other than clause (16) thereof); provided further that the amount of Indebtedness
outstanding under any revolving credit facility shall be determined based on the average daily balance outstanding during such period). 

  
 16 

 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, including
through mergers or consolidations, or by any Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing
transactions and including increases in ownership of Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on
the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (as determined in good faith by a responsible accounting or financial officer of the Parent) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;  

(2) the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and
ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 
 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to
discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to
such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during
such four-quarter period; 
 (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a
Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and 
 (6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest
and such Indebtedness is to be given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any
Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months, or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness).  

For the purposes of this definition and the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, the pro forma calculation may include anticipated
expense and cost reductions and synergies as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Parent; provided that the aggregate amount of all adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA made in respect of such anticipated
expense and cost reductions and synergies shall not exceed 10.0% of such Person’s pro forma Consolidated EBITDA for such period after giving effect to all other pro forma adjustments but before giving effect to such anticipated expense
and cost reductions and synergies.  
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period,
the sum, without duplication, of: 
  

	 	(1)	the consolidated interest expense (net of interest income) of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether or not paid, received or accrued, including, without limitation,
amortization of debt discount (but not deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses), non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation
of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments), the interest component of deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings; plus 

  
 17 

	 	(2)	the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus 

 

	 	(3)	any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries
which are Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 

  

	 	(4)	net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations (excluding amortization of fees) with respect to Indebtedness; plus 

 

	 	(5)	the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable to the Parent or
a Restricted Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined national, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, as
estimated in good faith by a responsible accounting or financial officer of the Parent; minus 

  

	 	(6)	(i) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (ii) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in
connection with any acquisition, (iii) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any Parent Holdco of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under IFRS and (iv) interest in
respect of any Subordinated Shareholder Debt. 

 “France Bidco” means a newly-formed (and, on the
Completion Date, direct) Subsidiary of German Bidco, incorporated under the laws of France. 
 “German Bidco” means
Kinove German Bidco GmbH. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) and
Section 2.06(f)(3) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture (as applicable). 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global
Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, as applicable. 
 “Group” means the Parent
and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time, including, on and from the Completion Date, the Carbon Black Subsidiaries.  

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by agreements to keep-well, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions, pledges of assets or otherwise). 

  
 18 

 “Guarantor” means each of: 

(a) the Parent, Luxco2; 
 (b)
each Subsidiary Guarantor; and 
 (c) any other Person that is required to execute a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture, 
 until (i) the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture or
(ii) a successor replaces such Person pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements, (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and
interest rate collar agreements; 
 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate
risk; and 
 (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange
rates, including Currency Exchange Protection Agreements, or commodity prices. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a
Note is registered. 
 “Hong Kong Bidco” means a newly-formed and direct Subsidiary of German Bidco, incorporated under the
laws of Hong Kong. 
 “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed by the European Union and
in effect on the Issue Date or, with respect to Section 4.03 hereof at the option of the Parent, as in effect from time to time. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and
trade payables): 
  

	 	(1)	in respect of borrowed money; 

  

	 	(2)	evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments for which such Person is responsible or liable; 

  

	 	(3)	representing reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations
are satisfied within 30 days of incurrence), provided that any counter-indemnity or reimbursement obligation under a letter of credit shall be considered Indebtedness only to the extent that the underlying obligation in respect of which
the letter of credit has been issued would also be Indebtedness; 

  

	 	(4)	representing Capital Lease Obligations; 

  

	 	(5)	representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than one year after such property is acquired or such services are completed; and 

 

	 	(6)	representing any Hedging Obligations, 

  
 19 

 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would
appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of
the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. 

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include: 
  

	 	(1)	Subordinated Shareholder Debt; 

  

	 	(2)	anything accounted for as an operating lease under IFRS as in effect on the Issue Date and any guarantee solely in connection with, and in respect of any operating lease; 

 

	 	(3)	Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(4)	in connection with the purchase by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a
final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment
thereafter becomes fixed and determined and due and payable. the amount is paid within 30 days thereafter; 

  

	 	(5)	for the avoidance of doubt, any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims,
obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or 

  

	 	(6)	Indebtedness pursuant to performance bonds or advance payment bonds issued in respect of the obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary for the supply of goods or services arising in the ordinary course of business for
such Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, to the extent that no demand has been made in respect of such Indebtedness. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Collateral” means the following property and assets: 

(1) all of the issued Capital Stock of the Issuer, ECB Brazil, each Initial Guarantor (other than Luxco2) each Completion Guarantor and each
Post-Completion Guarantor; 
 (2) the bank accounts of the Issuer and each Initial Guarantor (other than Luxco2); 

(3) intercompany loans and intercompany receivables of the Issuer and each Initial Guarantor (other than Luxco2), if any; and 

(4) the rights of German Bidco under the Acquisition Agreement 

“Initial Guarantors” means, collectively, Luxco2, the Parent and German Bidco. 

“Initial Notes” means the €355,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes and U.S.$350,000,000 in aggregate
principal amount of Dollar Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date. 

  
 20 

 “Initial Public Offering” means the first Public Equity Offering of common stock
or common equity interests of the Parent or any Parent Holdco of the Parent (the “IPO Entity”) following which there is a Public Market. 

“Instructions” means any written notices, written directions or written instructions received by the Trustee or any of the
Agents in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by the Trustee or any of the Agents to be an Authorized Person. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated June 10, 2011, made between, among others, the Issuer,
the Parent, German Bidco, UBS Limited, as agent under the Revolving Credit Facility, and the Security Agent, as amended, restated or otherwise modified or varied from time to time and as acceded to by the Trustee. 

“Investment Grade” means a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such
ratings by S&P or Moody’s and the equivalent of such rating from any other Rating Agencies substituted for S&P or Moody’s. 

“Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes are rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s and BBB– or better by
S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other Rating Agency). 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations, but excluding advances or extensions of credit to customers or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), advances or capital contributions (excluding
commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or
would be classified as Investments on a balance sheet (excluding the notes) prepared in accordance with IFRS. If the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted
Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Parent will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market
Value of the Parent’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(d) hereof. The acquisition by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that
holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person
in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(d) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value and, to the extent applicable, shall be determined based on the equity value of such Investment. 
 “Issue Date”
means June 22, 2011. 
 “Italian Civil Code” means the Italian civil code, enacted by Royal Decree No. 262 of
16 March 1942, as subsequently amended and supplemented. 
 “Italy Bidco” means Kinove Italian Bidco S.r.l., an
Italian limited liability company (Società a responsabilità limitata con unico socio), registered in the commercial register of the chamber of commerce (camera di commercio industria artigianato e agricoltura) of Milan
under docket number MI – 1957079 , with a registered quota capital of € 10,000, divided into one quota of €10,000, which is a newly-formed (and, on the Closing Date, direct) Subsidiary of German Bidco. 

  
 21 

 “Joint Venture” means any joint venture entity, whether a company,
unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or another entity which, in each case, is not the Parent, a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, each of Deutsche
Gasrußwerke Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung and Kommanditgesellschaft Deutsche Gasrußwerke GmbH & Co. 

“Korea Bidco” means a newly-formed (and, on the Completion Date, direct) Subsidiary of German Bidco, incorporated
under the laws of the Republic of Korea. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the
nature thereof. 
 “Luxco2” means Kinove Luxembourg Holdings 2 S.à r.l., a private limited liability company
(société à responsabilité limitée) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 15, rue Edward Steichen, L-2540, Luxembourg, the Grand Duchy of
Luxembourg, having a share capital of EUR 12,500 (twelve thousand five hundred Euros) and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B 160.558. 

“Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors,
officers, employees, managers or consultants of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary: 
  

	 	(1)	in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(2)	in respect of moving related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or 

(3) (in the case of this clause (3)) not exceeding €5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time. 

“Management Fees” means: 
  

	 	(a)	customary annual fees for the performance of monitoring services by Equity Investors or any of their respective Affiliates for the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such fees will not, in the
aggregate, exceed €3.0 million per annum (inclusive of out of pocket expenses); and 

  

	 	(b)	customary fees and related expenses for the performance of transaction, management, consulting, financial or other advisory services or underwriting, placement or other investment banking activities, including in
connection with mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or joint ventures, by the Equity Investors or any of their respective Affiliates for the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which payments in respect of this clause (b) have been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent. 

 “Market
Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity on the date of the declaration of the relevant dividend multiplied by
(ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common stock or common equity interests for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

  
 22 

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-Cash Consideration or other consideration received in non-cash form or Cash
Equivalents substantially concurrently received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration or other consideration received in non-cash form, including, without
limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, and all distributions and other payments
required to be made to minority interest holders (other than the Parent or any Subsidiary) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price
of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness as to
which neither the Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (2) is directly or indirectly liable as a
guarantor or otherwise. 
 “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes
shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other
liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering
memorandum dated June 17, 2011, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any
Person, (1) the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Vice-President of (a) such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity or (2) any
other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the
requirements of Section 14.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, any Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Trustee. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively. 
 “Parent” means Kinove German Holdings GmbH. 

“Parent Holdco” means any Person (other than a natural person) which legally and beneficially owns more than 50% of the
Voting Stock and/or Capital Stock of another Person, either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries. 
 “Paying
Agents” means the Principal Paying Agent, the U.S. Paying Agent and the Irish Paying Agent, and “Paying Agent” shall mean any of them. 

  
 23 

 “Permitted Business” means (i) any business, services or activities engaged
in by the Carbon Black Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (ii) any business, services or activities engaged in by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Carbon Black Subsidiaries) that are related, complementary,
incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing, or are extensions or developments of any thereof. 
 “Permitted Collateral
Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens on the Collateral arising by operation of law that are described in one or more of clauses (4), (7),
(8), (9), (13), (14), (15), (17), (18), (19), (20) and (21) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and that, in each case, would not materially interfere with the ability of the Security Agent to enforce any Lien over the
Collateral; 
 (2) Liens on the Collateral to secure the Notes (and the Note Guarantees) or any Additional Notes (or any guarantee of
Additional Notes) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the
Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement; provided, further, that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Additional Notes (or any guarantee of Additional Notes) or Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness secures the Notes or the Note Guarantees on a senior or pari passu basis;  
 (3) Liens on the
Collateral to secure (i) Indebtedness under Credit Facilities that is permitted by clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and is incurred by a Guarantor and (ii) Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors
permitted by Section 4.09(a) hereof and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that, in each case, all property and assets
(including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures the Notes or the Note Guarantees (which security, in the case of Indebtedness to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof may rank
junior with respect to distributions of proceeds of any enforcement of Collateral); provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement; 

(4) Liens on the Collateral securing the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under Hedging Obligations permitted by
clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and such Indebtedness is also secured by the Collateral, provided that the property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations will also
secure the Notes or the Note Guarantees (which security may rank junior with respect to distributions of proceeds of any enforcement of Collateral), provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement
or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (5) Liens on the Collateral to secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (17) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed €25.0 million, provided that all property and assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral) securing such Indebtedness also secures
the Notes or the Note Guarantees; provided further that each of the parties thereto will have entered into the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement; 

(6) Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and limited to the assets
acquired with or financed by the incurrence of such Indebtedness; and 
 (7) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in
part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (6) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement will rank equal or junior to the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced and will not extend in any material
respect to any additional property or assets and the Collateral securing such Lien secures the Notes and the Note Guarantees on a senior or pari passu basis.  

  
 24 

 “Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (1) the Equity Investors,
(2) the Related Parties and (3) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of the Parent or any Parent Holdco of the Parent, acting in such capacity. Any person or group
whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an
additional Permitted Holder. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

 

	 	(1)	any Investment in the Parent or in a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(2)	any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

  

	 	(3)	any Investment by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: 

  

	 	(a)	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

  

	 	(b)	such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

 

	 	(4)	any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 

 

	 	(5)	any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; 

 

	 	(6)	Investments in receivables owing to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(7)	Investments represented by Hedging Obligations, which obligations are permitted by clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; 

  

	 	(8)	Investments in the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(9)	any Guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09 hereof (other than Indebtedness of an Excluded Joint Venture); 

 

	 	(10)	any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a
binding commitment existing on, the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under
this Indenture; 

  

	 	(11)	Investments acquired after the Issue Date as a result of the acquisition by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Parent
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Article 5 hereof after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and
were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 

  
 25 

	 	(12)	pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in
connection with Liens permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; 

  

	 	(13)	any Investment to the extent made using as consideration Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Debt or Capital Stock of any Parent Holdco; 

 

	 	(14)	Management Advances; 

  

	 	(15)	other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed €25.0 million; provided that if an Investment is made pursuant to this clause in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such
Person subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is subsequently designated a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) or (3) of
the definition of “Permitted Investments” and not this clause (15); 

  

	 	(16)	Investments in joint ventures of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at any time
outstanding not to exceed the greater of €20.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (16) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the
date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this
clause (16) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(17)	any Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any
related Indebtedness; and 

  

	 	(18)	the acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or Subordinated Shareholder Debt. 

“Permitted Joint Venture” means any Joint Venture existing as of the Issue Date and any Investment that does not
violate the provisions of Section 4.07 hereof in a Joint Venture carrying out a Permitted Business, where the aggregate of: 

(i) all amounts subscribed for Capital Stock in, lent to, or invested in all such Joint Ventures by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 (ii) the contingent liabilities of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary under any guarantee given in respect of the liabilities of any
such Joint Venture; and 

  
 26 

 (iii) the market value of any assets transferred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to
any such Joint Venture (other than assets provided on arm’s length terms and paid for in cash at the time of transfer), 
 but less the
aggregate of: 
 (A) all cash amounts received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of (x) repayments, redemptions,
interest or distributions, in each case from any Permitted Joint Venture and (y) net proceeds of disposals of shares in any Permitted Joint Venture; and 

(B) in respect of a Permitted Joint Venture which has become a Restricted Subsidiary, the sum of: (y) the aggregate amounts referred to
in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above incurred after the Issue Date in respect of that Permitted Joint Venture minus (z) the aggregate amounts referred to in paragraph (A) above received from or in respect of that Permitted
Joint Venture, 
 does not at any time exceed €25.0 million in aggregate. 

“Permitted Liens” means: 
  

	 	(1)	Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the incurrence of any
Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be
applied for such purpose; 

  

	 	(2)	Liens in favor of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(3)	Liens on property (including Capital Stock) of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such Liens secure Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated
with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(4)	Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, trade contracts, insurance, surety or appeal bonds, workers compensation obligations, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord
liens), performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations); 

 

	 	(5)	Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) hereof covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; 

 

	 	(6)	Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

  

	 	(7)	Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that (x) are not yet due and payable or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which a reserve or other
appropriate provision, if any, as will be required in conformity with IFRS will have been made; 

  

	 	(8)	Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 27 

	 	(9)	survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to
the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

  

	 	(10)	Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees); 

  

	 	(11)	Liens securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations, which obligations are permitted by clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; 

 

	 	(12)	Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that: 

 

	 	(a)	the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and
accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 

  

	 	(b)	the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded,
refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or
discharge; 

  

	 	(13)	Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings; 

  

	 	(14)	filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements under U.S. state law (or similar filings under applicable jurisdiction) in connection with operating leases in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(15)	bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights
related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made; 

  

	 	(16)	Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness; 

 

	 	(17)	Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of
business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  

	 	(18)	leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(19)	Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of assets entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 28 

	 	(20)	(a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory
purchase order affecting real property; 

  

	 	(21)	Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

  

	 	(22)	Liens securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities; 

 

	 	(23)	Liens (including put and call arrangements) on Capital Stock or other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

 

	 	(24)	limited recourse Liens in respect of the ownership interests in, or assets owned by, any joint ventures which are not Restricted Subsidiaries securing obligations of such joint ventures; 

 

	 	(25)	Liens on any proceeds loan made by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any future incurrence of Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture and securing that Indebtedness; 

 

	 	(26)	Permitted Collateral Liens; 

  

	 	(27)	Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with clause (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; 

  

	 	(28)	Liens on Receivables and related assets of the type described in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

  

	 	(29)	Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries that does not exceed €10 million at any one time
outstanding. 

 “Permitted Parent Payments” means, the declaration and payment of dividends or other
distributions, or the making of loans, by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Parent Holdco of the Parent in amounts and at times required to pay: 
  

	 	(1)	franchise fees and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of any Parent Holdco of the Parent; 

  

	 	(2)	general corporate overhead expenses of any Parent Holdco to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or related to the proper administration
of such Parent Holdco (including fees and expenses properly incurred in the ordinary course of business to auditors and legal advisors and payments in respect of services provided by directors, officers or employees); 

 

	 	(3)	any income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taking into account any net operating loss carryovers and other tax attributes, and,
to the extent of the amount actually received in cash from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, such Parent Holdco shall
promptly pay such taxes or refund such amount to the Parent; 

  
 29 

	 	(4)	costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent Holdco in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or
regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including in respect of any
reports filed with respect to the U.S. Securities Act, U.S. Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; 

  

	 	(5)	fees and expenses of any Parent Holdco incurred in relation to any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (a) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by
or contributed to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (b) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed; or (c) otherwise on an interim basis
prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent Holdco will cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed; 

 

	 	(6)	customary indemnification obligations owing by any Parent Holdco to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under any charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person; and

  

	 	(7)	(in the case of this clause (7)) not to exceed €1 million in any 12 month period. 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, exchange, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness (other than any
proceeds loan)); provided that: 
  

	 	(1)	the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable), or if issued with original issue discount, aggregate issue price) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or
accreted value, if applicable, or if issued with original issue discount, aggregate issue price) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, exchanged, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the
amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith); 

  

	 	(2)	such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has (a) a final maturity date that is either (i) no earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, exchanged,
defeased or discharged or (ii) after the final maturity date of the Notes and (b) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded,
refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; 

  

	 	(3)	if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is expressly, contractually, subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, as those contained in
the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, exchanged, defeased or discharged; and 

  
 30 

	 	(4)	if the Issuer or any Guarantor was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged, such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Issuer, a Finance Subsidiary or by a
Guarantor. 

 “Permitted Reorganization” means any of the transactions set forth in the Tax Structure
Memorandum. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Poland Bidco” means
a newly-formed (and, on the Completion Date, direct) Subsidiary of German Bidco, incorporated under the laws of Poland. 

“Portugal Bidco” means a newly-formed (and, on the Completion Date, direct) Subsidiary of German Bidco, incorporated
under the laws of Portugal. 
 “Post-Completion Collateral” means: 

(1) all of the Capital Stock of the South African JV and the Chinese JV owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent; 

(2) intercompany loans and intercompany receivables of each Completion Guarantor and each Post-Completion Guarantor and those receivables of
German Bidco from the South African JV, if any; 
 (3) the bank accounts of each Completion Guarantor and each Post-Completion Guarantor;
and 
 (4) subject to the Agreed Security Principles, the same property and assets pledged to secure the Revolving Credit Facility. 

“Post-Completion Capital Stock Collateral” means all of the Capital Stock of the South African JV and the Chinese JV
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent. 
 “Post-Completion Date” means the date that is 45 days following the
Completion Date. 
 “Post-Completion Guarantors” means each of the Carbon Black Guarantors. 

“Pre-Expansion European Union” means the European Union as of January 1, 2004, including the countries of Austria,
Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which became or becomes a member of the European Union after
January 1, 2004. 
 “Primary Acquisition” means completion of the acquisition of 100% of the entire issued Capital
Stock of each of Evonik Carbon Black Brasil Ltda., Evonik Compagnie Française du Carbon Black S.A.S., Evonik Carbon Black GmbH, Evonik Carbon Black Italia S.r.l., Evonik Carbon Black Korea Co. Ltd., Evonik Carbon Black Polska Sp. z.o.o.,
Evonik Carbogal S.A., Evonik Norcarb AB and Evonik Carbon Black LLC, in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement. 

  
 31 

 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Public Equity Offering” means, with respect to any Person, a bona fide underwritten primary public offering of the shares of
common stock or common equity interests of such Person, either: 
  

	 	(1)	pursuant to a flotation on the main market of the London Stock Exchange or any other nationally recognized regulated stock exchange or listing authority in a member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union; or

  

	 	(2)	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issued or issuable under any employee benefit
plan). 

 “Public Market” means any time after: 

 

	 	(1)	a Public Equity Offering of the IPO Entity has been consummated; and 

  

	 	(2)	at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the IPO Entity has been distributed to investors other than the Permitted Holders or their Related Parties or any
other direct or indirect shareholders of the Parent as of the Issue Date. 

 “Purchase Money Note” means a
promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables (and related assets) and/or a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified
Receivables Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which deferred purchase price or line is repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to
investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Parent or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, the proceeds of such Receivables and
other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitizations involving Receivables. 

“Rating Agencies” means: 

(1) S&P; and 
 (2)
Moody’s; or 
 (3) if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, despite the Issuer using
its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such a rating, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the U.S. Exchange Act, as the case may be, selected by the
Issuer, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be. 

  
 32 

 “Receivable” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of
goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods and services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit
and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account”, “chattel paper”, “payment intangible”, or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the
State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined. 
 “Receivables Entity” means a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary (or another Person formed for the purpose of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction in which the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent makes an Investment and to which the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent transfers
Receivables and related assets) in which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in
connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity: 
  

	 	(1)	no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) or which: 

  

	 	(a)	is guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

  

	 	(b)	is recourse to or obligates the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or 

 

	 	(c)	subjects any property or asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

  

	 	(2)	with which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other
than on terms no less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Parent, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection
with servicing Receivables; and 

  

	 	(3)	to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels or operating results.

 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the
Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Dollar Regulation S Global Note or a Euro Regulation S Global Note. 

  
 33 

 “Related Party” means: 

(1) any controlling stockholder, partner or member or immediate family member (in the case of an individual), of any Equity
Investor; or 
 (1) (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners,
owners or Persons beneficially holding more than a 50% controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Equity Investors and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any managing director, director, associate
director, vice president, assistant treasurer, or trust officer within the Trust & Securities Services Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions
similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Parent that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary, an Excluded Joint Venture
or, as of the date they become Subsidiaries of the Parent, each of Deutsche Gasrußwerke Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung and Kommanditgesellschaft Deutsche Gasrußwerke GmbH & Co. 

“Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility agreement dated as of June 10, 2011 between,
inter alios, the Issuer, the Parent, German Bidco, the original lenders (as named therein) and UBS Limited, as security agent and UBS Limited as agent, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid,
increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time.  
 “Rütgers Supply Agreement” means the
supply agreement for the supply of coal tar derived carbon black oil entered into between Rütgers Basic Aromatics GmbH and Evonik Degussa GmbH, and effective from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2012.  

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments and other instruments and
documents executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which the Collateral is pledged, assigned or granted
to or on behalf of the Security Agent for the ratable benefit of the Holders and the Trustee or notice of such pledge, assignment or grant is given. 

  
 34 

 “Security Agent” means UBS Limited until a successor replaces it in accordance
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and thereafter means the successor thereof. 

“Senior Management” means the Officers, directors and other members of senior management of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, the Capital Stock of the Parent or any Parent Holdco. 

“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is
secured by a Lien and any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 
 “Significant Subsidiary”
means, at the date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary that together with its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for the most recent fiscal year, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent or
(ii) as of the end of the most recent fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of Total Assets. 
 “South African
JV” means Algorax (Proprietary) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of South Africa. 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in securitization of Receivables transactions. 
 “Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of
the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Shareholder Debt” means, collectively, any debt provided to the Parent by any direct or indirect parent of the
Parent or any Permitted Holder or Related Party, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or agreement other than Capital Stock, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or instrument other than
Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated Shareholder Debt; provided that such Subordinated Shareholder Debt: 
  

	 	(1)	does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortization or other payment of principal prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes (other than through conversion or
exchange of any such security or instrument for Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or for any other security or instrument meeting the requirements of the definition); 

 

	 	(2)	does not (including upon the happening of any event) require the payment of cash interest prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes; 

 

	 	(3)	does not (including upon the happening of any event) provide for the acceleration of its maturity nor confers on its shareholders any right (including upon the happening of any event) to declare a default or event of
default or take any enforcement action, in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the maturity of the Notes; 

  
 35 

	 	(4)	is not secured by a lien on any assets of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary and is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Parent; 

 

	 	(5)	pursuant to its terms or to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement or another intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant
to subordination, payment blockage and enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or are no less favorable in any material respect to Holders than those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement as
in effect on the Issue Date with respect to the “Subordinated Liabilities” (as defined therein); 

  

	 	(6)	does not (including upon the happening of any event) restrict the payment of amounts due in respect of the Notes or compliance by the Issuer with its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; 

 

	 	(7)	does not (including upon the happening of an event) constitute Voting Stock; and 

  

	 	(8)	is not (including upon the happening of any event) mandatorily convertible or exchangeable, or convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, prior to the date on which the Notes mature
other than into or for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent, 

 provided, however, that if any event or
circumstance results in such Indebtedness ceasing to qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Debt, such Indebtedness shall constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Parent, and any and all Restricted Payments made through the use of the net
proceeds from the incurrence of such Indebtedness since the date of the original issuance of such Subordinated Shareholder Debt shall constitute new Restricted Payments that are deemed to have been made after the date of the original issuance of
such Subordinated Shareholder Debt. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital
Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

(2) any partnership or limited liability company of which (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights,
total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether
in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each of: 
  

	 	(a)	each Initial Guarantor, but excluding the Parent and Luxco2; 

  

	 	(b)	each Completion Guarantor; 

  

	 	(c)	each Post-Completion Guarantor; and 

  

	 	(d)	any other Person which is a Guarantor of the Notes, including any Person that is required to execute a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Hong Kong
Bidco, if it is incorporated after the Completion Date), 

  
 36 

 until (i) the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture or (ii) a successor replaces such Person pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor. 

“Successor Parent” means the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of the Issuer provided that more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Successor Parent is directly or indirectly beneficially owned by a Permitted Holder and the Successor Parent assumes the obligations of the
Parent under the Parent’s Note Guarantee. For purposes hereof, “beneficially own” has the meaning correlative to the term “beneficial owner”, as such term is defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the U.S.
Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date). 
 “Sweden Bidco” means a newly-formed (and, on the Completion Date, direct)
Subsidiary of German Bidco, incorporated under the laws of Sweden. 
 “Tax” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment
or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other additions thereto, and, for the avoidance of doubt, including any withholding or deduction for or on account of Tax). “Taxes” and “Taxation”
shall be construed to have corresponding meanings. 
 “Tax Structure Memorandum” means the structure paper entitled
“Project Casablanca—tax steps paper” and dated April 17, 2011, describing the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time (including the Carbon Black Subsidiaries) and the Primary Acquisition and prepared by KPMG
LLP UK in the agreed form together with any updates thereto or reissuances thereof that are provided in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility to the extent any such updates or reissuances do not have a material adverse effect on
the rights of holders of the Notes. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 
 “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, as shown on the most recent balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of the Parent. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury
securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the
redemption date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 15,
2014; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2014 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be
obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to
June 15, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 14.01 hereof or such
other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuer. 

  
 37 

 “Trustee” means Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Issuer or any successor to the Issuer)
that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors but only to the extent that and for so long as such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with
the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who
are not Affiliates of the Parent; and 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted
Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating
results. 
 “U.S. Bidco” means a newly-formed (and, on the Completion Date, direct) Subsidiary of German Bidco,
organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the District of Columbia). 
 “U.S. Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that
are (a) direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America, for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s,
and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 
 “U.S. Securities Act” means the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the U.S.
Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to
Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making
of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amounts of such Indebtedness. 

  
 38 

 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the
Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Parent or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Parent or another Wholly
Owned Subsidiary. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in
Section

	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.22
	 “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”
	  	12.08
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.10
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	2.02
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Authorized Agent”
	  	14.06
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	14.14
	 “Korean Guarantees”
	  	6.02
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Notes Offer”
	  	4.10(b)(1)(F)
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.10
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.10
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Principal Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.10
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption”
	  	3.11
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”
	  	3.11
	 “Special Termination Date”
	  	3.11
	 “Tax Jurisdiction”
	  	4.22
	 “Tax Redemption Date”
	  	3.08

 Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

  
 39 

 (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(7) references to sections of or rules under the U.S. Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and
Dating. 
 (a) General. Each series of Notes and the Trustee’s or the Authenticating Agent’s certificate of
authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit A-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.
The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement thereon. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a
part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or
Exhibit A-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as
will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time
to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will
be made by a Registrar or the Principal Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

(c) Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes. Euro Notes sold within the United States to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A
under the U.S. Securities Act shall be issued initially in the form of a Euro Rule 144A Global Note, which shall be deposited with the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee, or
an Authenticating Agent, as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Euro Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter
provided. 
 Dollar Notes sold within the United States to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act shall be issued
initially in the form of a Dollar Rule 144A Global Note, which shall be deposited with the Custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee, or an
Authenticating Agent, as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided.

 Euro Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a Euro Regulation S Global Note, which
shall be deposited with the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee, or an Authenticating Agent, as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Euro Regulation S
Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided. 

  
 40 

 Dollar Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form
of a Dollar Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited with the Custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee, or an Authenticating
Agent, as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on Schedule A to each such Global Note, as hereinafter provided. 

(d) Definitive Registered Notes. Definitive Registered Notes issued upon transfer of a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered
Note, or in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest or a Definitive Registered Note, shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture. 
 Notes
issued in definitive registered form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit A-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto (excluding the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” in the form of Schedule A attached thereto). 
 (e) Book-Entry Provisions. The Applicable
Procedures shall be applicable to Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes that are held by Participants through the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream. 

(f) Denomination. The Euro Notes shall be in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 above
€100,000. The Dollar Notes shall be in denominations of U.S.$200,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 above U.S.$200,000. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the authorized signatory of the Trustee or an
Authenticating Agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by
the Issuer, the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided for in Section 2.11 
 Pursuant
hereto, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by at least one Officer and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate,
or cause the relevant Authenticating Agent to authenticate, (i) the Initial Notes in the form of Global Notes; or (ii) the Definitive Registered Notes from time to time issued only in exchange for a like aggregate amount of Global Notes or
Definitive Registered Notes that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for
issuance by the Issuer pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
 The Trustee
may appoint one or more authenticating agents (each, an “Authenticating Agent”) acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture
to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. The Trustee hereby appoints Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as the Euro
Authenticating Agent for the Euro Notes. Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it. The Trustee hereby appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the
Dollar Authenticating Agent for the Dollar Notes. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas hereby accepts such appointment and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it. 

  
 41 

 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “Paying Agent”) for the Notes in each of (i) the City of
London (the “Principal Paying Agent”), (ii) the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York (the “U.S. Paying Agent”), and (ii) Dublin (the “Irish Paying Agent”) for so long as the Notes are
listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Global Exchange Market and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require. The Issuer will ensure that it maintains a Paying Agent in a member state of the
European Union that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC (as amended from time to time) or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26 and
27 November 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing, or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive. The initial Principal Paying Agent will be Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch in London and the
initial Paying Agents will be Deutsche International Corporate Services (Ireland) Limited in Ireland (with respect to the Euro Notes) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in New York (with respect to the Dollar Notes), and each hereby accepts
such appointment. 
 The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Registrar”) for so long as the Notes
are listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Global Exchange market. The Issuer will also maintain a transfer agent in each of London and New York (each, a “Transfer Agent”). The Issuer
hereby appoints (i) Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. in Luxembourg as the initial Registrar for the Euro Notes and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. hereby accepts such appointment and (ii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in New York as
the initial Registrar for the Dollar Notes and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas hereby accepts such appointment. The Issuer hereby appoints Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch in London and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in New York,
respectively, as the initial Transfer Agents, and each hereby accepts such appointment. 
 Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. will maintain a
register for the Euro Notes reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Definitive Registered Notes on behalf of the Issuer. Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas will maintain a register for the Dollar Notes reflecting ownership of Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time. 

Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change the Paying Agents, the Registrars or the Transfer Agents without prior notice to the
holders of Notes. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Global Exchange Market and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish a notice of
any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent through the Companies Announcement Office of the Irish Stock Exchange. Such notice of the change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent may also be posted on the official website of the
Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie) in accordance with Section 14.01.  
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money. 

The Issuer will require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) not a party to this Indenture to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will
hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium or Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in
making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account
for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will
segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer (including, without limitation, its bankruptcy,
voluntary or judicial liquidation, composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, fraudulent conveyance, general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally), the
Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer shall before 10:00 a.m., London time, on the second Business Day prior to the day on which the Principal Paying Agent is to receive payment, procure that the bank effecting payment for it
confirms by fax or tested SWIFT MT100 message to the Principal Paying Agent the payment instructions relating to such payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Principal Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be held harmless and have no liability with
respect to payments or disbursements to be made by the Principal Paying Agent and Trustee (i) for which payment instructions are not made or that are not otherwise deposited by the respective times set forth in this Section 2.04; and
(ii) until they have confirmed receipt of funds sufficient to make the relevant payment. 

  
 42 

 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Registrar(s) will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and each Paying Agent at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent may request in writing, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in such form and as of such date as the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent may reasonably require. 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Euro Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by Euroclear or
Clearstream to a Common Depositary or a nominee of such Common Depositary, by a Common Depositary or a nominee of Euroclear or Clearstream to Euroclear or Clearstream or to another nominee or Common Depositary of Euroclear or Clearstream, or by such
Common Depositary or Euroclear or Clearstream or any such nominee to a successor of Euroclear or Clearstream or Common Depositary or a nominee thereof. 

A Dollar Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a Custodian or a nominee of such Custodian, by a Custodian
or a nominee of such Custodian to the Depositary or to another nominee or Custodian of such Depositary, or by such Custodian or Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or Custodian or a nominee thereof. 

All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Registered Notes: 

(1) if the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, notifies the Issuer that they are unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days after the date of such notice from Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable; or 

(2) if any holder of a Book-Entry Interest requests such exchange in writing through the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream
following a Default by the Issuer under this Indenture and enforcement action is being taken in respect thereof under this Indenture. 

  
 43 

 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in clauses (1) or (2) above, the
Issuer shall issue or cause to be issued Definitive Registered Notes in such names as the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, shall instruct the Registrar or Transfer Agent. 

Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note may not be
exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a). Book-Entry Interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in
exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.09 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. 

(b) General Provisions Applicable to Transfer and Exchange of Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes. 

The transfer and exchange of Book-Entry Interests shall be effected through the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. 
 In connection with all transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests (other
than transfers of Book-Entry Interests in connection with which the transferor takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in the same Global Note), the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive:
(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream to debit from the transferor a
Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(iii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited or debited with such increase or decrease, if applicable. 

In connection with a transfer or exchange of a Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to
the Trustee and the Registrar) must receive: (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary, Euroclear or
Clearstream to debit from the transferor a Book-Entry Interest in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; (ii) a written order from a Participant directing the Registrar to cause to be issued a Definitive
Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (iii) instructions containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the
transfer or exchange referred to above. 
 In connection with any transfer or exchange of Definitive Registered Notes, the Holder of such
Notes shall present or surrender to the relevant Transfer Agent or Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or Registrar duly executed
by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, in connection with a transfer or exchange of a Definitive Registered Note for a Book-Entry Interest, the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant
Registrar) must receive a written order directing the Depositary to credit the account of the transferee in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged. 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture, the
relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee and the relevant Registrar), as specified in this Section 2.06, shall endorse the relevant Global Note(s) with any increase or decrease and instruct the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream to
reflect such increase or decrease in its systems. 

  
 44 

 Transfers of Book-Entry Interests shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the U.S. Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of Book-Entry Interests for Book-Entry Interests also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) below, as applicable, as well
as subparagraph (b)(3) below, if applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Book-Entry Interests in the Same Global Note.
Book-Entry Interests may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, Book-Entry Interests in the Regulation S Global Note will be limited to Persons who hold interests through the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream or Persons who hold interests through the Depositary, Euroclear
or Clearstream, and any sale or transfer of such interest to U.S. persons shall not be permitted during the Restricted Period unless such resale or transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144A. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be
delivered to the Trustee to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and
Exchanges of Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes. A holder may transfer or exchange a Book-Entry Interest in Global Notes in a transaction not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above only if the relevant Transfer Agent (copied to the Trustee
and the Registrar) receives either: 
 (A) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream to credit or cause to be credited a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged;
and 
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
containing information regarding the Participant’s account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) both: 

(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream to cause to be issued a Definitive Registered Note in an amount equal to the Book-Entry Interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 

(ii) instructions given by the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream to the relevant Registrar containing information
specifying the identity of the Person in whose name such Definitive Registered Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above, the principal amount of such securities and the CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or
other similar number identifying the Notes, 
 provided that any such transfer or exchange is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions set
forth in the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 45 

 (3) Transfer of Book-Entry Interests to Another Global Note. A Book-Entry
Interest in any Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the relevant
Registrar, relevant Transfer Agent or Trustee receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the
form of a Book-Entry Interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in
item (1) thereof; and 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation
S Global Note then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Registered Notes. If any holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global
Note proposes to exchange such Book-Entry Interest for a Definitive Registered Note or to transfer such Book-Entry Interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the
relevant Transfer Agent and the relevant Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) in the case of a transfer on or
before the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with
respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in either item (1) or item (2) thereof; 

(B) in the case of a transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period by a holder of a
Book-Entry Interest in a Regulation S Global Note, the transfer complies with Section 2.06(b); 

(C) in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A
Global Note to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A, the Trustee shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in
item (1) thereof; 
 (D) in the case of a transfer by a holder of a Book-Entry
Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Regulation S, the Trustee shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (E) in the case of a transfer by a holder of a
Book-Entry Interest in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with respect to the Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to the
Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 
 (F) in the case of a transfer by a holder
of a Book-Entry Interest in a Rule 144A Global Note in reliance on Rule 144, the Trustee shall have received a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2
(with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, 

  
 46 

 the Trustee, the Paying Agent and/or the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive
Registered Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized
denomination or denominations as the holder of such Book-Entry Interest shall instruct the relevant Registrar through instructions from the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable) and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The
Registrar or the Paying Agent shall deliver such Definitive Registered Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Registered Note issued in exchange for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (d)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interests in the Global Notes. If any Holder of a Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or to transfer such
Definitive Registered Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Trustee, the relevant Transfer Agent and the relevant Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Registered Note proposes to exchange such Note for a Book-Entry Interest in a Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit C-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(B) if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof, as applicable; 

(D) if such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; and 

the Trustee or the Registrar will cancel the Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee or the Registrar will increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in the case of clause
(D) above, the Rule 144A Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes for Definitive Registered
Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Registered Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the relevant Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of
Definitive Registered Notes of which registration the Issuer will be informed of by such Transfer Agent or such Registrar (as the case may be). Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to
the relevant Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar the Definitive Registered Notes duly endorsed and accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in a form satisfactory to such Transfer Agent or such Registrar duly executed by such Holder or
its attorney, duly authorized to execute the same in writing. In the event that the Holder of such Definitive Registered Notes does not transfer the entire principal amount of Notes represented by any such Definitive Registered Note, the relevant
Transfer Agent or the relevant Registrar will cancel or cause to be cancelled such Definitive Registered Note and the Issuer (who has been informed of such cancellation) shall execute and the Trustee or the Authentication Agent shall authenticate
and deliver to the requesting Holder and any transferee Definitive Registered Notes in the appropriate principal amounts. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable,
required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

  
 47 

 Any Definitive Registered Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who
take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Registered Note if the relevant Registrar receives the following: 
 (A)
if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item
(1) thereof; and 
 (B) if the transfer will be made in reliance on Regulation S, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 (with respect to Euro Notes) or Exhibit B-2 (with respect to Dollar Notes) hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes issued under this
Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private Placement
Legend. Each Global Note and each Definitive Registered Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES
ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. 
 THE
HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN
AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED THIS NOTE TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE,
PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY [RULE 144] [REGULATION S] UNDER
THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY
(A) TO THE ISSUER, A GUARANTOR OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE
144A, TO A PERSON IT, OR ANY PERSON ACTING ON ITS BEHALF, REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS
BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH
ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER,
SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) AND (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A
CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY
TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.” 

  
 48 

 (2) Euro Global Note Legend. Each Euro Global Note will bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS
NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE.” 
 (3) Dollar Global Note Legend. Each Dollar Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN
CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE,
(2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE.” 

  
 49 

 (g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all Book-Entry
Interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and
canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
Book-Entry Interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Registered Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Principal Paying
Agent or the relevant Registrar, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the Book-Entry Interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a Book-Entry Interest in
another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the relevant Registrar or the Principal Paying Agent, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent will
authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2) No service charge will be made by the Issuer or the Registrar to a Holder of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note, a
Holder of a Global Note or a Holder of a Definitive Registered Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp duty, stamp duty reserve, documentary or other similar tax or
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof). 

(3) No Transfer Agent or Registrar will be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption
in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive
Registered Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as
the Global Notes or Definitive Registered Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) Neither
the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer into its register kept at its registered office of any Definitive Registered Notes: (A) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the
Notes under Section 3.02; (B) for a period of 15 calendar days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part; (C) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to the record date with respect to any
interest payment date; or (D) which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. Any such transfer will be made without charge to the Holder, other than any
taxes, duties and governmental charges payable in connection with such transfer. 
 (6) The Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer
may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or
the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

  
 50 

 (7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be
submitted to the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted initially by facsimile with originals to be delivered as soon as practicable thereafter to the
Trustee. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the relevant Registrar, and the Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate or cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate a replacement Note if the Registrar’s requirements are met. If
required by the Registrar or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Registrar and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Registrar, any Agent and any Authenticating Agent from any loss
that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Registrar may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every
replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
 The
Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee, or the Authenticating Agent, except for those canceled by it or the Registrar, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note
effected by the Trustee or the Registrar in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the
Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 2.09 and Section 3.07(a) hereof. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Registrar receive proof
satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid
under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If a Paying Agent (other than the
Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease
to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by
the Issuer or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes
of determining whether the Trustee and the Registrar will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee and the Registrar know are so owned will be so disregarded. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until
certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate, or cause an Authenticating Agent to authenticate, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be
substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee
or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

  
 51 

 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The
Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, each Paying Agent and any Transfer Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee
or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or
cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the U.S. Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Irish Stock Exchange (as long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and listed on
the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange) on any such cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of
the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will
mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer pays the Defaulted Interest prior to the date that
is 30 days after the date of default in payment of interest, no special record date will be set and payment will be made to the Holders as of the original record date. The Issuer undertakes to promptly inform the Irish Stock Exchange (as long as the
Notes are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange) of any such special record date. 

Section 2.13 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Number. 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” number and, if so, such CUSIP, ISIN or
Common Code number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP,
ISIN or Common Code number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or omission
of such numbers. 
 The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number. 

  
 52 

 Section 2.14 Deposit of Moneys. 

Prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to each interest payment date and the Stated Maturity date of the Notes, the Issuer
shall deposit with the Principal Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such day or date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee or relevant Paying Agent to remit
payment to the Holders on such day or date, as the case may be. Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 2.14 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall make payments on the Notes in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agents of its failure to so act. 
 Section 2.15
Agents. 
 (a) Actions of Agents. The rights, powers, duties and obligations and actions of each Agent under this Indenture are
several and not joint or joint and several. 
 (b) Agents of Trustee. The Issuer and the Agents acknowledge and agree that in the
event of a Default or Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Agents, require that the Agents act as agents of, and take instructions exclusively from, the Trustee. 

ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND
PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the
Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (or such shorter period agreed by the Trustee) before redemption, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
  

	 	(1)	the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

  

	 	(2)	the redemption date and the record date; 

  

	 	(3)	the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; 

  

	 	(4)	the redemption price; and 

  

	 	(5)	the CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers, as applicable. 

 Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be
Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee
or the relevant Registrar, as applicable, will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis or by lot or by using a pool factor or some other method (or in the case of Global Notes based on a method that most nearly
approximates a pro rata selection as the Trustee or the relevant Registrar, as applicable, deems fair and appropriate) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depository requirements. Neither the Trustee nor the
relevant Registrar shall be liable for any selections made by it in accordance with this Section 3.02. 
 No Euro Notes of €100,000 or
less and no Dollar Notes of U.S.$200,000 or less will be purchased or redeemed in part. 
 Notices of purchase or redemption will be given
to each Holder pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 14.01. 

  
 53 

 In relation to Definitive Registered Notes, a new Note in principal amount equal to the
unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, a notation will be made on such Note to decrease the
principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. On or after any purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof tendered for purchase or called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice
of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or
a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 13 hereof. If the Notes are at such time admitted to listing on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market, the Issuer
shall inform the Irish Stock Exchange of the principal amount of the Notes that have not been redeemed in connection with any optional redemption. 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and corresponding CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, as applicable, and will state: 

(1) the redemption date and the record date; 

(2) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid; 

(3) if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Global Note to be redeemed and
that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Global Note, the principal amount thereof will be decreased by the portion thereof redeemed pursuant thereto; 

(4) if any Definitive Registered Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be
redeemed, and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Definitive Registered Note or Definitive Registered Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof
upon cancellation of the original Definitive Registered Note; 
 (5) the name and address of the Paying Agent(s) to which the
Notes are to be surrendered for redemption; 
 (6) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the relevant
Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any; 

(7) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (8) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of
this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (9) that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers, as applicable, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 

  
 54 

 At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s
name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee, at least 10 days prior to the requested date (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree) of the giving of such notice of redemption, an
Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

Neither the Trustee nor any Registrar will be liable for selection made by it as contemplated in this Section 3.03. For the Notes which
are represented by Global Notes held on behalf of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in
substitution for the aforesaid mailing. So long as any Notes are listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Global Exchange Market and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to
the holders of the relevant Notes shall also be published through the Companies Announcement Office of the Irish Stock Exchange and/or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Irish Stock
Exchange (www.ise.ie), and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will notify the Irish Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding. 

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

A redemption and notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or
with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest, Applicable Premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent
will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes to
be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase
date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any
accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase
because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such
unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in
Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered, provided that any Euro Note
shall be in a principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 above €100,000, and any Dollar Note shall be in a principal amount of U.S.$200,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 above U.S.$200,000. 

  
 55 

 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem (i) up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of Euro Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 110.000% of the principal amount of the Euro Notes redeemed and/or (ii) up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes issued under this Indenture at a
redemption price equal to 109.625% of the principal amount of the Dollar Notes redeemed, in each case, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of
redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering of (i) the Parent or (ii) any Parent Holdco of the Parent
to the extent the proceeds from such Equity Offering are contributed to the Issuer’s common equity capital or are paid to the Issuer as consideration for the issuance of ordinary shares of the Issuer; provided that: 

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes if Euro Notes are being redeemed, or at least 65% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes if Dollar Notes are being redeemed originally issued under this Indenture (in each case, excluding Notes held by the Parent and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
such redemption; and 
 (2) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may during each 12-month period commencing with the Issue Date redeem up to 10% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes and/or Dollar Notes at its option, from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the relevant Notes
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

(c) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Euro Notes and/or the
Dollar Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the relevant Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

(d) Except pursuant to Section 3.07(a), Section 3.07(b), Section 3.07(c) and except pursuant to Section 3.08 and
Section 3.11, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to June 15, 2014. 
 (e) On or after
June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Euro Notes and/or the Dollar Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the relevant Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years
indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

									
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 	  	Euro Notes	 	 	Dollar Notes	 
	 2014
	  	 	107.500	% 	 	 	107.219	% 
	 2015
	  	 	105.000	% 	 	 	104.813	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.500	% 	 	 	102.406	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 	 	 	100.000	% 

  
 56 

 Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (f) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. Any redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 

Section 3.08 Redemption for Changes in Taxes. 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in Sections 3.02 and 3.03 hereof), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a
result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next date on which any
amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts (but in the case of the relevant Guarantor, only if such amount payable cannot be paid by
the Issuer or another Guarantor who can pay such amount without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available, and the requirement
arises as a result of: 
  

	 	(1)	any amendment to, or change in, the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment is publicly and formally proposed and becomes effective on or after
the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of the Offering Memorandum, such later date); or 

 

	 	(2)	any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment, order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change
in published administrative practice) which amendment or change is publicly and formally proposed and becomes effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after
the date of the Offering Memorandum, such later date). 

 The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than
60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in
effect at the time such notice is given. Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel (the
choice of such counsel to be subject to the prior written approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) to the effect that there has been such amendment or change which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the Notes
hereunder. In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional
Amounts by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it. 

  
 57 

 The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on such Officer’s Certificate and
Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders. 

Section 3.09 Mandatory Redemption. 

Except as required by Section 3.11 hereof, the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes. 
 Section 3.10 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an
“Asset Sale Offer”) or a Notes Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below. 
 Each Asset Sale Offer and
Notes Offer shall be made to all Holders and, to the extent applicable, to all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with
respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. Each Asset Sale Offer and Notes Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days,
except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuer will apply
all Excess Proceeds, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, or Net Proceeds, in the case of a Notes Offer (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if applicable, such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata
basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and, if applicable, other Indebtedness tendered in response to the
Asset Sale Offer or Notes Offer, as the case may be. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Notes Offer, as
the case may be. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer or a Notes Offer, as the case may be, the Issuer will send, by first class
mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or the Notes Offer, as
applicable. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer or the Notes Offer, as applicable, will state: 

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer or the Notes Offer, as applicable, is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and
Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer or the Notes Offer, as applicable, will remain open; 

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or
Notes Offer, as applicable, will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 

  
 58 

 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale
Offer or Notes Offer, as applicable, may elect to have Euro Notes purchased in integral multiples of €1,000 only (provided that Euro Notes of €100,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) and Dollar Notes purchased
in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 only (provided that Dollar Notes of U.S.$200,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part); 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer or Notes Offer, as applicable, will be
required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by Book-Entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Issuer, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount
of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered into (or to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the Excess Proceeds or if the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to a Notes Offer exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds so
applied, the Issuer will select the Notes and, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata (or in the manner described in Section 3.02) basis based on the principal amount
of Notes and, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only (x) Euro Notes in
denominations of €1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased (provided that Euro Notes of €100,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part) and (y) Dollar Notes in denominations of U.S.$1,000, or
integral multiples thereof, will be purchased (provided that Dollar Notes of U.S.$200,000 or less may only be redeemed in whole and not in part)); and 

(9) that Holders whose Definitive Registered Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Definitive Registered Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by Book-Entry transfer). 
 On or before the
Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Notes Offer, as applicable, or
if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were
accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10. The Issuer, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or
deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase. In connection with any partial purchase of Definitive Registered Notes, the Issuer will promptly
issue a new Definitive Registered Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer, will procure the authentication of and mail or deliver such new Definitive Registered Note to the tendering Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Definitive Registered Note surrendered. Any Note tendered but not accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce and inform the Irish Stock Exchange
(for as long as the Notes (if any) are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange) of the results of the Asset Sale Offer or Notes Offer, as applicable, on the Purchase Date. 

  
 59 

 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.10, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.10 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.11 Special Mandatory Redemption.

 In the event that (a) the Completion Date does not take place, (b) the Equity Investors cease to beneficially own and
control, directly or indirectly, (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer or (ii) at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Issuer, (c) the Acquisition Agreement terminates,
(d) there occurs a repudiation by the Issuer of any of its obligations under the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge or the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge becomes unenforceable against the Issuer or any of its other creditors for any
reason or (e) a Default arises under clauses (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to any of the Issuer or the Initial Guarantors, in each case, on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being
the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuer will redeem all of the Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the initial issue
price of the relevant Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date). 
 Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuer, no later than
one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, and will provide that the Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the ninth Business Day after such notice is given (the “Special
Mandatory Redemption Date”) in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Principal Paying Agent for payment to each holder of Notes the Special Mandatory
Redemption Price for such holder’s Notes and, concurrently with the payment to such holders, deliver any excess Escrowed Property (if any) to the Issuer. 

If at the time of such Special Mandatory Redemption, the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock
Exchange so require, the Issuer will notify the Irish Stock Exchange that the Special Mandatory Redemption has occurred and any relevant details relating to such Special Mandatory Redemption. 

No provisions of the Escrow Agreement (including, without limitation, those relating to the release of the Escrowed Property) and, to the
extent such provisions relate to the Issuer’s obligation to redeem the Notes in a Special Mandatory Redemption, this Indenture, may be waived or modified in any manner materially adverse to the holders of the Notes without the consent of at
least 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes affected thereby. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of
Notes. 
 The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the
Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary
thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m., London time one Business Day prior to the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional
Amounts, if any, then due. If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as
Paying Agent complies with Section 2.04. 

  
 60 

 The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuer will maintain the offices and agencies specified in Section 2.03 where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where
Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration, transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of
the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, the Trustee may designate such offices
and agencies to which such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served. 
 The Issuer may also from time to time
designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will
in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the City of London and Dublin for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Issuer hereby designates the
Trust Office of the Trustee (the address of which is specified in Section 14.01) as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03. 

Section 4.03 Reports. 
 (a) So long
as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) within 120 days (or, in the case of the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, 150 days) after the end of the Parent’s fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, annual reports containing the following information: (a) audited consolidated
balance sheet of the Parent or its predecessor as of the end of the two most recent fiscal years and audited consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Parent or its predecessor for the two most recent fiscal years, including
complete notes to such financial statements and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements; (b) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information of the Parent, together with explanatory notes, for any
acquisitions or disposition that, individually or in the aggregate when considered with all other acquisition or dispositions that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual report relates,
represent greater than 20% of the consolidated revenues, EBITDA, or assets of the Parent on a pro forma basis or recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year as to which such annual
report relates; (c) with a level of detail that is substantially comparable and similar in scope to the Offering Memorandum, an operating and financial review of the audited financial statements, including a discussion of the results of
operations (including a discussion by business segment), financial condition and liquidity and capital resources, and a discussion of material commitments and contingencies and critical accounting policies; (d) a description of the industry,
business, management and shareholders of the Parent, all material affiliate transactions, material financing arrangements and a description of all material contractual arrangements; and (e) material risk factors and material recent
developments; 

  
 61 

 (2) within 60 days following the end of the fiscal quarters ending June 30,
2011 and September 30, 2011 of the Carbon Black Subsidiaries, a trading update containing: (a) a summary review of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Carbon Black Subsidiaries (including by business
line), revenues, EBITDA, any material changes in liquidity and working capital, capital resources, capital expenditure, Fixed Charges and any material change between the current quarterly period and the corresponding period of the prior year;
(b) material developments in the business of the Carbon Black Subsidiaries; and (c) directors and management compensation; 

(3) within 60 days (or, in the case of the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2011 and the fiscal quarter ending
September 30, 2011, the later of 90 days after the Completion Date or the end of such fiscal quarter) following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Parent or its predecessor beginning with the fiscal
quarter ending June 30, 2011, quarterly reports containing the following information: (a) an unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and unaudited condensed statements of income and cash flow for the
quarterly and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed balance sheet date, and the comparable prior year periods for the Parent or its predecessor (for the avoidance of doubt, including the Carbon Black Subsidiaries and provided
that with respect to the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2011, comparable balance sheet information shall be limited to working capital, including the components thereof), together with condensed note disclosure;
(b) pro forma income statement and balance sheet information, together with explanatory notes, for any acquisition or disposition that, individually or in the aggregate when considered with all other acquisitions or dispositions that
have occurred since the beginning of the most recent completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates, represents greater than 20% of the consolidated revenues, EBITDA or assets of the Parent on a pro forma basis or
recapitalizations that have occurred since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal quarter as to which such quarterly report relates; (c) an operating and financial review of the unaudited financial statements (including a
discussion by business segment), including a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Parent (for the avoidance of doubt, including the Carbon Black Subsidiaries) and any material change between the current
quarterly period and the corresponding period of the prior year; (d) material developments in the business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (for the avoidance of doubt, including the Carbon Black Subsidiaries); and (e) any material
changes to the risk factors disclosed in the most recent annual report with respect to the Parent; and 
 (4) promptly after
the occurrence of: (a) a material acquisition, disposition or restructuring (including any acquisition or disposition that would require the delivery of pro forma financial information pursuant to clauses (1) or
(2) above) (other than the Primary Acquisition); (b) any senior management change at the Parent; (c) any change in the auditors of the Parent; (d) any resignation of a member of the Board of Directors of the Parent as a
result of a disagreement with the Parent; (e) the entering into an agreement that will result in a Change of Control; or (f) any material events that the Parent announces publicly, in each case, a report containing a description of such
events, 
 provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above will not be required
to (i) contain any reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or (ii) include separate financial statements for any Guarantors or non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 

(b) If the Parent has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Subsidiaries are Significant Subsidiaries, then
the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes thereto, of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Parent. 

  
 62 

 (c) All financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS. Except as provided for
above, no report need include separate financial statements for the Parent or Subsidiaries of the Parent or any disclosure with respect to the results of operations or any other financial or statistical disclosure not of a type included in the
Offering Memorandum. 
 (d) In addition, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer has agreed that it will, furnish to the
Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the U.S. Securities Act. 

(e) The Issuer will also make available copies of all reports required by clauses (1) through (3) of Section 4.03(a) hereof
(i) on a website maintained by the Parent or any of its Affiliates and (ii) if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, at the specified
office of the Paying Agent in Dublin. 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days (or, in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, 150 days) after
the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that as to the Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in
this Indenture and the Security Documents and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or
Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 

(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05 [Reserved]. 
 Section 4.06 Stay,
Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not
at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Parent’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the holders of the Parent’s or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as holders (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent and other than dividends or payments or distributions
payable to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary); 

  
 63 

 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent) any Equity Interests of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent company or entity of the Parent; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Parent and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
except (i) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled
sinking fund obligation, principal installment or scheduled maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; 

(4) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any
Subordinated Shareholder Debt; or 
 (5) make any Restricted Investment, 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (5) above being collectively referred to as
“Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of any such Restricted Payment: 
 (b)(1) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (2) the Parent would,
at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least €1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7),
(8), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (16), (17), (18) and (19) of Section 4.07(c) hereof), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
fiscal quarter commencing immediately prior to the Issue Date to the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated
Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus 
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash
proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities received by the Parent since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock and
Excluded Contributions) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Parent or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Parent, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity
Interests of the Parent (other than Equity Interests and convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent) or from the issuance or sale of Subordinated Shareholder Debt (other than an issuance or
sale to a Subsidiary of the Parent); plus 

  
 64 

 (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue
Date is (a) sold, disposed of or otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid, 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of the property and marketable securities received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than from the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary), or (b) made in an entity that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Investment of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of
the date such entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; plus 
 (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary
designated as such after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated into the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, or all of the assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary are transferred to the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the property received by the Parent or Restricted Subsidiary or the Parent’s Restricted Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation, merger, consolidation or transfer of
assets, to the extent such Investments reduced the Restricted Payments capacity under this clause (3) and were not previously repaid or otherwise reduced; plus 

(E) upon the full and unconditional release of a Restricted Investment that is a Guarantee made by the Parent or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person, an amount equal to the amount of such Guarantee; plus 
 (F) 100% of any cash
dividends or distributions received by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the
Parent for such period. 
 (c) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) and Section 4.07(b) hereof will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the
dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent) of, Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), Subordinated Shareholder Debt or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to
the Parent; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from the calculation of amounts under Section 4.07(b)(3)(B), shall not constitute Excluded
Contributions and will not be considered to be net cash proceeds from an Equity Offering for purposes of Section 3.07 hereof; 

(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

  
 65 

 (4) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of
any Equity Interests of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option
agreement, restricted stock grant, shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed €5.0 million in any
calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of €10 million per calendar year); and provided, further, that such amount in any calendar
year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary received by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary during such calendar year, in each case to
members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies of the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary received by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date less any amount previously applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (4), in each case, to the extent the cash proceeds have not otherwise
been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(3)(B) or Section 4.07(c)(2) hereof; 

(5) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests
represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options; 
 (6) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled
or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 

(7) payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (x) the exercise of options or warrants or (y) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 

(8) any payments pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the Parent and any other Person or a Restricted Subsidiary and
any other Person with which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes (including a fiscal unity) or any
tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided, however, that any such tax sharing agreement does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would be payable by the Parent
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis and the related tax liabilities of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are relieved thereby; 

(9) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, following an Initial Public Offering of
the Capital Stock of the Parent or a Parent Holdco of the Parent, the payment of dividends on the Capital Stock of the Parent in an amount per annum not to exceed the greater of (a) 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by the
Parent from such Initial Public Offering and (b) 5% of the Market Capitalization; provided, that after giving pro forma effect to the payments of such dividend, the Parent’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have been less
than 3.0 to 1.0; 

  
 66 

 (10) advances or loans to (A) any future, current or former officer,
director, employee or consultant of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary to pay for the purchase or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), or any obligation under a forward sale agreement,
deferred purchase agreement or deferred payment arrangement pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit or incentive plan or other agreement or arrangement or (B) any management equity
plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit or incentive plan or unit trust or the trustees of any such plan or trust to pay for the purchase or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than
Disqualified Stock); provided that the total aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (10) does not exceed €5.0 million in any calendar year; 

(11) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by
a Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests (other than the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) on no more than a pro rata basis; 

(12) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the payment of Management Fees; 

(13) Permitted Parent Payments; 

(14) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(15) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (other than any Indebtedness so subordinated and held by Affiliates of the Issuer) upon a Change of Control to the extent required by the
agreements governing such Indebtedness at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness, but only if the Issuer shall have complied with its obligations under Section 4.15 hereof and the Issuer repurchased
all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer required by such covenants prior to offering to purchase, purchasing or repaying such Indebtedness; 

(16) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (17) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed €10.0 million since the Issue Date; 

(18) the payment of any fees and purchases of Receivables and related assets in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Transaction; or 
 (19) any Restricted Payment made in connection with transactions permitted under clauses (1) or
(10) of Section 4.11(b) hereof, in each case, as described in the Offering Memorandum. 
 (d) The amount of all Restricted
Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Restricted Payment. 

  
 67 

 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist
or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay
dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, 

provided that (x) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating
distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill period to) loans or advances made to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction. 
 (b) The restrictions in
Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) any
agreements governing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the
amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in
those agreements on the Issue Date; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Revolving Credit Facility, the
Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents; 
 (3) any encumbrance or
restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument, taken as a
whole, are not materially less favorable to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Parent) or such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment of financial
covenant relating to such Indebtedness; 
 (4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order or the terms of any license,
authorization, concession or permit; 
 (5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by
the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted
by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 

  
 68 

 (6) customary non-assignment and similar provisions in contracts, leases and
licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the purchase, transfer or lease of property or assets to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock or all or substantially all of the property and assets
of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 

(9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(10) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to
dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (11) customary provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets
or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements in the ordinary course of business (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted
Investment), which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; 
 (12) restrictions
on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) any encumbrance or restriction effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and 

(14) any encumbrance or restriction existing under any agreement that extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements
containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1) through (13), or in this clause (14); provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material
respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced. 
 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Parent and
the Issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and the Parent will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however: 

(1) that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock and the Guarantors may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the
date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four quarter period; and 

  
 69 

 (2) if the Indebtedness to be incurred is Senior Secured Indebtedness, the Issuer
and the Guarantors may incur such Senior Secured Indebtedness if, on the date on which such Senior Secured Indebtedness is incurred, the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the Parent is less than 3.25 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such Senior Secured Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of the relevant period. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness
(collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the incurrence by the Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary of
additional Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) not to exceed the greater of €196.4 million or U.S.$275 million, plus in the case of any
refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause (1) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing, less
(a) the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date to permanently repay any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment
reduction thereunder pursuant Section 4.10 hereof, (b) the aggregate amount of any outstanding Indebtedness in excess of €10 million incurred pursuant to clause (19) of this Section 4.09(b) and (c) the greater of
€10.7 million or U.S.$15 million, if the acquisition of the South African JV is not completed on or prior to December 31, 2011; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred
pursuant to this clause (1) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of €17.9 million or U.S.$25 million; 

(2) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under the Revolving Credit Facility and Indebtedness described in clauses
(6) and (7) of this Section 4.09(b)) outstanding on the Issue Date and which remains outstanding after giving effect to the use of proceeds of the Notes; 

(3) (a) the incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the
related Note Guarantees (including any future Note Guarantees) and any related “parallel debt” obligations created in favor of the Security Agent under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or the
Security Documents; and (b) any loan or other instrument contributing the proceeds of the Notes issued on the Issue Date; 

(4) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment
used in the business of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of €15.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; 

(5) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for,
or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or
clauses (2), (3), (5), (16) or (20) of this Section 4.09(b); 

  
 70 

 (6) the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that: 
 (A) if the Issuer or any
Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the lender is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured ((i) except in respect of the intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business in
connection with the cash management operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) only to the extent legally permitted (the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries having completed all procedures required in the reasonable
judgment of directors of officers of the obligee or obligor to protect such Persons from any penalty or civil or criminal liability in connection with the subordination of such Indebtedness)) and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full
in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 

(B) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such
Indebtedness by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this Section 4.09(b)(6); 

(7) the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of preferred stock;
provided that: 
 (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred
stock being held by a Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (B) any sale or other transfer of any
such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this Section 4.09(b)(7); 
 (8)
the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations for bona fide hedging purposes of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes; 

(9) the Guarantee by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to the
extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to the Notes or subordinated to or pari passu with a Note
Guarantee, then the Guarantee must be subordinated, in the case of the Notes, or subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, in the case of a Note Guarantee, in each case to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 

(10) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’
compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, captive insurance companies, bankers’ acceptances, performance and surety bonds in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 71 

 (11) the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(12) the incurrence by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary providing for customary indemnification, obligations in respect of earnouts or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or
disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum liability of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross
proceeds, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
disposition; 
 (13) the incurrence by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of
(A) letters of credit, surety, performance or appeal bonds, completion guarantees, judgment, advance payment, customs, VAT or other tax guarantees or similar instruments issued in the ordinary course of business of such Person and not in
connection with the borrowing of money, including letters of credit or similar instruments in respect of self-insurance and workers compensation obligations, and (B) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off
arrangements; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or other instrument, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing; 

(14) Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Management Advances; 

(15) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and services
purchased in the ordinary course of business; 
 (16) Indebtedness (a) incurred by the Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries and used to finance an acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities or (b) of any Person outstanding on the date on which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or
otherwise combined with (including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities) the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, with respect to this clause (16), that at the time of the
acquisition or other transaction pursuant to which such Indebtedness was deemed to be incurred (x) the Issuer would have been able to incur €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof and, if the Indebtedness
incurred increases Senior Secured Indebtedness, the Issuer would have been able to incur €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2) of Section 4.09(a) hereof, in each case, after giving pro forma effect to the
incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (16) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent would not be less than and the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio of the Parent would not be more than it was
immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (16); 

(17) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted
value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (17), not to exceed €25.0
million; 

  
 72 

 (18) Indebtedness incurred by any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer under
local overdraft and other local working capital facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the greater of €35.7 million or U.S.$50 million; provided that in respect of any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (18) in excess of €25 million by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Indebtedness will be Non-Recourse Debt with respect to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the
obligor under such Indebtedness and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors; 
 (19) Indebtedness of the Parent
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, €10 million; provided that the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries
may incur additional Indebtedness in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction in excess thereof so long as such additional Indebtedness, when taken together with any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of this
Section 4.09(b) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of €196.4 million or U.S.$275 million; 

(20) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount that, when taken together with any Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (20) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Proceeds received by the Parent from the issuance or sale (other than
to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than, in connection with the Equity Contribution, Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock,
an Excluded Contribution or in connection with the Equity Contribution) of the Parent, in each case, subsequent to the Completion Date; provided, however, that (i) any such Net Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be
excluded for purposes of making Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(b) hereof and clauses (2), (4) and (9) of Section 4.07(c) hereof to the extent the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries incur Indebtedness in reliance
thereon and (ii) any Net Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (20) to the extent the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes a Restricted
Payment under Section 4.07(b) hereof and clauses (2), (4) and (9) of Section 4.07(c) hereof in reliance thereon; and 

(21) the Guarantee by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of a Permitted Joint Venture. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, if the Indebtedness (or any part thereof) to be incurred pursuant to this
Section 4.09 is intended to rank senior to the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to distributions of proceeds of any enforcement of any of the Collateral, such Indebtedness (or any part thereof) may only be incurred pursuant to and in
accordance with: (i) clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof under a Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof (but only (x) to the extent the Hedging Obligations are only of the type
referred to in clause (4) of the definition of Permitted Collateral Liens and (y) €30 million of such proceeds distributions may be applied in priority to the Notes and the Note Guarantees against the settlement and other amounts
that would fall due from the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the termination or close-out in full of such Hedging Obligations). 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more
than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 4.09(b), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence and only
be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses and will be permitted on the date of such incurrence to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in
Sections 4.09(a) and (b) and from time to time to reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09, provided that Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of
Section 4.09(b) may not be reclassified. 

  
 73 

 (e) The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of
original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on
preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for
purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 (f) For purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction on the incurrence of
Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent or euro-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a different currency shall be utilized, calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided, however, that (i) if such Indebtedness denominated in non-euro or non-U.S. dollar currency is subject to a
Currency Exchange Protection Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars or euro, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars or euro, as applicable, will be calculated so as to take account of the effects of such Currency Exchange
Protection Agreement; and (ii) the U.S. dollar-equivalent or euro-equivalent of the principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue
Date. The principal amount of any refinancing Indebtedness incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. dollar-equivalent or euro-equivalent of the Indebtedness refinanced, as applicable, determined on the date
such Indebtedness was originally incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, except that to the extent that: 

(1) such U.S. dollar-equivalent or euro-equivalent was determined based on a Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, in which
case the Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence; and 
 (2) the principal
amount of the refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, in which case the U.S. dollar-equivalent or euro-equivalent of such excess will be determined on the date such refinancing Indebtedness is
being incurred. 
 (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 

(h) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, the amount of the liability in respect thereof
determined in accordance with IFRS; 
 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;
and 
 (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser
of: 
 (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

  
 74 

 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale
unless: 
 (1) the Parent (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset
Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of
cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any
liabilities (other than liabilities (or guarantees thereof) that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee), as recorded on the balance sheet or provisioned for in the notes thereto or specifically provisioned or reserved
for in the accounting books and records of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and as a result of which the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with respect to
such liabilities or are indemnified against further liabilities; 
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received
by the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash
or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion; 
 (C) any Capital Stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses 1(B)
or 1(E) of Section 4.10(b) hereof; 
 (D) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sales having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (D) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of
€25.0 million and 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (E) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Parent and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale; and 

(F) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor received from Persons who are not the Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent (or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may: 
 (1) apply such Net Proceeds (at the option of the Parent or Restricted
Subsidiary): 
 (A) to prepay, repay, purchase or redeem (i) any Indebtedness incurred under clause (1) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof that is secured by a first-priority Lien on the Collateral and that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, (ii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a
Guarantor or (iii) any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on assets or property which were the subject of the Asset Sale and which did not constitute Collateral; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment,
repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 4.10(b)(1)(A), the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and, if the Indebtedness being repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, will
cause the related commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, repurchased or redeemed; 

  
 75 

 (B) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock
of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(C) to make a capital expenditure; 

(D) to repurchase or repay Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is not subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees (other than Indebtedness described in clause (A)(i) of this Section 4.10(b)(1)); 

(E) to acquire other assets (other than Capital Stock) not classified as current assets under IFRS that are used or useful in
a Permitted Business; 
 (F) to purchase the Notes pursuant to an offer to all holders of Notes at a purchase price equal to
100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date) (a “Notes Offer”); or 
 (G) any combination of the foregoing clauses (A) through (F);
or 
 (2) enter into a binding commitment to apply the Net Proceeds pursuant to clause (B), (C) or (E) of
Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof; provided that such binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or
expenditure is consummated, and (y) the 180th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365 day period, 

provided that if the assets sold or transferred in such Asset Sale constituted Collateral, the Parent shall pledge or shall cause the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary to pledge any assets (including, without limitation, any acquired Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale to secure the Notes on a first-ranking basis. 

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Parent (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving
credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (d) Any Net Proceeds from
Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) hereof will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds €25.0 million, within ten Business Days
thereof, the Issuer will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders and may make an offer to all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantees to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of
Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the
Excess Proceeds. The offer price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the
rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Parent and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into (or to be prepaid or redeemed in connection
with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds or if the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to a Notes Offer exceeds the amount of the Net Proceeds so applied, the Issuer will select the Notes and such other pari
passu Indebtedness, if applicable, to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or in the manner described in Section 3.02 hereof), based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. Upon completion of each Asset Sale
Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero 

  
 76 

 (e) To the extent that any portion of Net Proceeds payable in respect of the Notes is denominated
in a currency other than euro or U.S. dollars, as the case may be, the amount thereof payable in respect of such Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in euro or U.S. dollars, as the case may be, that is actually received by the Issuer upon
converting such portion of the Net Proceeds into euro or U.S. dollars, as the case may be. 
 (f) The Issuer or the Parent (as the case may
be) will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the U.S. Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to
a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10 and Sections 3.10 and 4.15 hereof, the Issuer or the Parent (as
applicable) will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 and Sections 3.10 and 4.15 hereof by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Parent (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of €5.0 million, unless: 

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than
those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(2) the Parent delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of €15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction
has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Parent; and, in addition, 

(B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of €25.0 million, a written opinion of an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing, or other recognized independent expert of international standing with experience in appraising the terms and
conditions of the type of transaction or series of related transactions for which an opinion is required, stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is (i) fair from a financial point of view taking into account all relevant
circumstances or (ii) on terms not less favorable than might have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s length basis from a Person who is not an Affiliate. 

  
 77 

 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not
be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) any employment agreement, collective bargaining
agreement, consultant, employee benefit arrangements with any employee, consultant, officer or director of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, including under any stock option, stock appreciation rights, stock incentive or similar plans,
entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) transactions between or among the Parent and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (3) transactions in the ordinary course of business with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary)
that is an Affiliate of the Parent solely because the Parent owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 

(4) payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise)
of Officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) any issuance of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent to Affiliates of the Parent; 
 (6) any Investment (other than
a Permitted Investment) or other Restricted Payment, in either case, that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (7)
Management Advances and the payment of Management Fees; 
 (8) any Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments
described in clauses (3) and (15) of the definition thereof); 
 (9) the incurrence of any Subordinated
Shareholder Debt; 
 (10) transactions pursuant to, or contemplated by any agreement in effect on the Issue Date and
transactions pursuant to any amendment, modification or extension to such agreement, so long as such amendment, modification or extension, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders than the original
agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (11) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers
of goods or services or providers of employees or other labor, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable
determination of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated Person; 

(12) any payments or other transactions pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the Parent and any other Person or a
Restricted Subsidiary and any other Person with which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries files a consolidated tax return or with which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is part of a group for tax purposes (including
a fiscal unity) or any tax advantageous group contribution made pursuant to applicable legislation; provided, however, that any such tax sharing agreement does not permit or require payments in excess of the amounts of tax that would
be payable by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis; 

  
 78 

 (13) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 (14) any contribution to the capital of the Parent in exchange for Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified
Stock and preferred stock); 
 (15) transactions between the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a
director of which is also a director of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Parent or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any
matter involving such other Person; 
 (16) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and 

(17) any transaction (i) pursuant to the Rütgers Supply Agreement and (ii) pursuant to any other agreement,
including any amendment, supplement, variation, extension or replacement of the Rütgers Supply Agreement, from time to time entered into in the ordinary course of business between the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one
hand, and Rütgers Basic Aromatics GmbH, on the other; provided that, in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 4.11(b)(17), such transactions are in all material respects on terms substantially consistent with those that would
have been obtained in comparable transactions at such time on an arm’s length basis from any other Person who is not an Affiliate, as determined by the Parent in good faith (it being understood that where such transactions are entered into
pursuant to the Rütgers Supply Agreement or similar arrangements, such arm’s length determination may be made with respect to such agreement, which will cover all transactions entered into pursuant thereto). 

Section 4.12 Liens. 
 The Parent will
not and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of their property or
assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except (a) in the case of any asset or property that does not constitute Collateral, (1) Permitted Liens or (2) Liens on property or assets that are not Permitted Liens if all payments due
under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, are secured on an equal and ratable basis with, or prior to, the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien, and (b) in the
case of any property or asset that constitutes Collateral, Permitted Collateral Liens. 
 Section 4.13 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, 

  
 79 

 Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to
repurchase all or any part (equal to (x) €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof in respect of the Euro Notes and (y) U.S.$200,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof in respect of the Dollar
Notes) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase
(the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address or
otherwise deliver a notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be
accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later
than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any
Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of
Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by Book-Entry transfer, to the Principal Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on
the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their
election if the Principal Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to €100,000 or U.S.$200,000, as applicable, in principal amount or integral multiples of €1,000 or U.S.$1,000, as applicable, in excess thereof. 

(c) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the U.S. Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and
regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this
Section 4.15, the Issuer will comply with any applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 

  
 80 

 (d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 

(2) deposit with the Principal Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer. 

The Principal Paying Agent will promptly mail (or cause to be delivered) to each Holder properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for
such Notes, and the Trustee or its Authenticating Agent will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;
provided that each new Dollar Note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and each new Euro Note will be in a principal amount of €100,000 or in integral multiples of €1,000 in
excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 

The provisions of this Section 4.15 that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be
applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 4.15, the Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements
set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to
Section 3.07 of this Indenture, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.15, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of
a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

(f) The provisions of this Section 4.15 relating to the Issuer’s obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or
modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control. 

(g) If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Global
Exchange Market and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish a notice with respect to the results of the Change of Control Offer as soon as reasonably practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date through the
Companies Announcement Office of the Irish Stock Exchange and/or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie). 

Section 4.16 No Layering of Debt. 

Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of
payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however,
that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured, by virtue of being secured with different collateral, or by virtue
of being secured on a junior priority basis or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment-ordering provisions affecting different tranches of Indebtedness. 

  
 81 

 Section 4.17 Additional Guarantees 

The Parent will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors or the Issuer, directly or indirectly, to
guarantee the payment of, assume or in any manner become liable with respect to any other Indebtedness under Credit Facilities of the Issuer or a Guarantor, unless such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Indenture providing for the Note Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Note Guarantee will be senior to or pari passu with such Restricted
Subsidiary’s guarantee of such other Indebtedness and on the same terms as the other Note Guarantees of the Guarantors except that: 

(1) if such Indebtedness is by its terms expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, any such assumption,
guarantee or other liability of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Note Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or
any Note Guarantee; 
 (2) no Note Guarantee shall be required if such Note Guarantee could reasonably be expected to give
rise to or result in (A) personal liability for the Officers, directors or shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary, (B) any violation of applicable law that cannot be avoided or otherwise prevented through measures reasonably available
to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary or (C) any significant cost, expense, liability or obligation (including with respect of any Taxes but excluding any reasonable guarantee or similar fee payable to the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary) other than reasonable out of pocket expenses and other than reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any governmental or regulatory filings required as a result of, or any measures pursuant to clause (B) of this
Section 4.17(2) undertaken in connection with, such Note Guarantee, which cannot be avoided through measures reasonably available to the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(3) each such Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors
(including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, thin capitalization, distributable reserves, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the
rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law. 
 Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, any such
Restricted Subsidiary will, as the Security Agent may reasonably specify, provide security over all of its existing and future assets (other than an asset of such Restricted Subsidiary which is subject to a Permitted Lien at the time of the
execution of such supplemental indenture if providing such security interest would not be permitted by the terms of such Permitted Lien or by the terms of any Obligations secured by such Permitted Lien) to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees,
and the Parent will cause all of the Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to be pledged to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees. 

Section 4.18 Payments for Consent. 

The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all
Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted, in
any offer or payment of consideration for, or as an inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, to exclude holders of Notes in any jurisdiction where: (A)(i) the solicitation of such
consent, waiver or amendment, including in connection with an offer to purchase for cash, or (ii) the payment of the consideration therefor would require the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to file a registration statement,
prospectus or similar document under any applicable securities laws (including, but not limited to, the United States federal securities laws and the laws of the European Union or its member states), which the Parent in its sole discretion
determines (acting in good faith) would be materially burdensome (it being understood that it would not be materially burdensome to file the consent document(s) used in other jurisdictions, any substantially similar documents or any summary thereof
with the securities or financial services authorities in such jurisdiction; or (B) such solicitation would otherwise not be permitted under applicable law in such jurisdiction. 

  
 82 

 Section 4.19 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not
cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted
Investments, as determined by the Parent. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Parent may
redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 Any designation of
a Subsidiary of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted
under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such
designation. 
 Section 4.20 Maintenance of Listing. 

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Notes on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange
for trading on the Global Exchange Market for so long as such Notes are outstanding; provided that if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will obtain prior to the delisting of the Notes from the Irish
Stock Exchange, and thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, a listing of such Notes on another “recognized stock exchange” as defined in Section 1005 of the Income Tax Act 2007 of the United Kingdom. 

Section 4.21 Impairment of Security Interest. 

(a) The Parent will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any
action which action or omission might or would have the result of materially impairing the security interests with respect to the Collateral (it being understood that the incurrence of Liens on the Collateral permitted by the definition of Permitted
Collateral Liens shall under no circumstances be deemed to materially impair the security interests with respect to the Collateral) for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and the Parent will not, and will not cause or permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, grant to any Person other than the Security Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes and the other beneficiaries described in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and
any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, any interest whatsoever in any of the Collateral; provided that (a) nothing in this provision will restrict the discharge or release of the Collateral in accordance with the Indenture, the Security
Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and (b) the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Permitted Collateral Liens; and provided further, however, that no Security Document
may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, replaced or released (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets), unless contemporaneously with such amendment,
extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification, replacement or release, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee either (1) a solvency opinion from an internationally recognized investment bank or accounting firm, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming the solvency of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification,
replacement or release, (2) a certificate from the Board of Directors or chief financial officer of the Parent (acting in good faith), in the form set forth as Exhibit D hereto, that confirms the solvency of the Person granting such Lien after
giving effect to any transaction related to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, replacement, supplement, modification or release (followed by an immediate retaking of a Lien of at least equivalent ranking over the same assets) or
(3) an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (subject to customary exceptions and qualifications), confirming that, after giving effect to any transactions related to such amendment, extension,
renewal, restatement, supplement, modification, replacement or release, the Lien or Liens securing the Notes created under the Security Documents so amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented, modified, replaced or released are valid and
perfected Liens not otherwise subject to any limitation, imperfection or new hardening period, in equity or at law, that such Lien or Liens were not otherwise subject to immediately prior to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement,
supplement, modification, replacement or release. 

  
 83 

 (b) At the direction of the Issuer and without the consent of the Holders, the Security Agent may
from time to time enter into one or more amendments to the Security Documents to: (i) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency therein, (ii) (but subject to compliance with paragraph (a) above) provide for Permitted
Collateral Liens, (iii) add to the Collateral or (iv) make any other change thereto that does not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect. 

(c) In the event that the Issuer complies with this Section 4.21, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall (subject to customary
protections and indemnifications) consent to such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, supplement, modification or replacement with no need for instructions from Holders. 

Section 4.22 Additional Amounts. 

All payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes (whether or not in the form of Definitive Registered Notes)
or any of the Guarantors with respect to any Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by
law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor is then incorporated or
organized, engaged in business for tax purposes or otherwise resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision thereof or therein or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor
(including the jurisdiction of any Paying Agent) or any political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “Tax Jurisdiction”) will at any time be required to be made from any payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer under or with
respect to the Notes or any of the Guarantors under or with respect to any Note Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such
additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by each Holder after such deduction or withholding (including any such withholding, deduction or
imposition from such Additional Amounts) will equal the respective amounts that would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be
payable with respect to: 
  

	 	(1)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the Holder or the beneficial owner of the Notes (or between a fiduciary, settlor,
beneficiary, partner of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, trust, nominee, partnership, limited liability company or corporation, in each case even if the payment is
required to be made to such person by the laws of the Tax Jurisdiction) and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (including being or having been a citizen, resident, or national thereof or being or having been present or engaged in a trade or business
therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein), but excluding any connection arising merely from the holding of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Note Guarantee or the receipt of any payments in
respect of such Note or a Note Guarantee; 

  
 84 

	 	(2)	any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where Notes are in the form of Definitive Registered Notes and presentation is required) more than 30 days
after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period);

  

	 	(3)	any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes; 

  

	 	(4)	any Taxes withheld or deducted on a payment to an individual or to the benefit of an individual that are required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the
conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive or pursuant to any European Union
legislation amending or replacing such directive; 

  

	 	(5)	Taxes imposed on or with respect to a payment made to a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another Paying Agent in a
member state of the European Union; 

  

	 	(6)	any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect to any Note Guarantee; 

 

	 	(7)	any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes, following the Issuer’s written request addressed to the Holder or beneficial owner
(and made at a time that would enable the Holder or beneficial owner acting reasonably to comply with that request), to comply with any certification, identification, information or other reporting requirements, whether required by statute, treaty,
regulation or administrative practice of a Tax Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, Taxes imposed by the Tax Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, a certification that the
Holder or beneficial owner is not resident in the Tax Jurisdiction), but in each case, only to the extent the Holder or beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such certification or documentation; 

 

	 	(8)	any Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by the Issuer or Guarantor to the Holder if such Holder is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent
that Taxes would not have been imposed on such payment had such Holder been the sole beneficial owner of such Note; or 

  

	 	(9)	any combination of clauses (1) through (8) above. 

  
 85 

 In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors will also pay and indemnify the
Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including penalties, interest and any other reasonable expenses related thereto) which are
levied by any Tax Jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance or registration of any of the Notes, this Indenture, any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to therein (other than a transfer of the Notes after this
offering) or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto, or any such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction as a result of, or in connection with, the enforcement of any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee. 

If the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any
payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, each of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, will deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the
obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that
Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificate(s) must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agents to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on
the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary. 

The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will timely remit the full amount deducted
or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or
withheld. The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee, within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Issuer or a
Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not obtained, other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) by such entity. 

Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of
principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context,
Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 The above obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or
discharge of this Indenture, any transfer by a Holder or beneficial owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer or any Guarantor is incorporated, engaged in business
for tax purposes or otherwise resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such Person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Note Guarantee) and any department or political subdivision thereof or therein. 

  
 86 

 Section 4.23 Suspension of Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade. 

(a) If on any date following the Completion Date: 

(1) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status; and 

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date, 

then, beginning on that day and continuing until such time, if any, at which the Notes cease to have Investment Grade Status (such period, the
“Suspension Period”), Sections 3.10, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.19 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof will no longer be applicable to the Notes and any related default provisions of this Indenture will
cease to be effective and will not be applicable to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) Such Sections will not, however, be
of any effect with regard to the actions of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries properly taken during the continuance of the Suspension Period; provided that (1) with respect to the Restricted Payments made after any such
reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock
issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (2) of Section 4.09(b). Upon the occurrence of a Suspension Period, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

(c) The Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may, without causing a Default or Event of Default, honor any contractual commitments or take
any actions in the future pursuant to such contractual commitments after any date on which a Suspension Period ends. 
 Section 4.24 Completion
Guarantors and Post-Completion Guarantors 
 (a) Each of the Issuer and the Initial Guarantors shall take such necessary actions, so
that, as of the Completion Date, the Notes will be guaranteed by each of the Completion Guarantors. 
 (b) Each of the Issuer, the Parent
and the other Initial Guarantors and Completion Guarantors shall take such necessary actions, and the Parent shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to take such necessary actions, so that as soon as reasonably practicable after the Completion Date
and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) the date on which the relevant Post-Completion Guarantor grants a guarantee in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) 45 days following the Completion Date, each of the
Post-Completion Guarantors shall become Guarantors of the Notes by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Indenture. 

Section 4.25 Initial Collateral and Post-Completion Collateral 

(a) Each of the Issuer, the Parent, the Initial Guarantors and the Completion Guarantors shall take such necessary actions, and the Parent
shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to take such necessary actions, so that the first-ranking Liens on the Initial Collateral shall be fully effective as of the Completion Date. 

  
 87 

 (b) Each of the Issuer, the Parent and the other Guarantors shall take such necessary actions,
and the Parent shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to take such necessary actions, so that the Liens on the Post-Completion Collateral shall be fully effective: 

(1) with respect to the Post-Completion Capital Stock Collateral, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Completion
Date and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) the date on which the Revolving Credit Facility is secured by the relevant Post-Completion Capital Stock Collateral and (ii) 45 days following the later of the date of acquisition of
the Capital Stock of the South African JV, or the receipt of any necessary regulatory approval or obtaining the consent of minority shareholders (if required) for the granting of the relevant Post-Completion Capital Stock Collateral,
provided, however, that in respect of the Chinese JV, each of the Issuer, the Parent and the other Guarantors will use its best endeavors to perfect the Post-Completion Capital Stock Collateral within 90 days after the execution of the
Chinese Target Equity Pledge; and 
 (2) with respect to all other Post-Completion Collateral, as of the same date the
applicable Security Documents are required by the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility to be executed and delivered, and, in any event, no later than 45 days following the Completion Date. 

Section 4.26 Further Assurance 
 The
Parent will, and will procure that each of its Subsidiaries will, at its own expense, execute and do all such acts and things and provide such assurances as the Security Agent may reasonably require (i) for registering any Security Documents in
any required register and for perfecting or protecting the security intended to be afforded by such Security Documents; and (ii) if such Security Documents have become enforceable, for facilitating the realization of all or any part of the
assets which are subject to such Security Documents and for facilitating the exercise of all powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Security Agent or in any receiver of all or any part of those assets. The Parent will, and will procure
that each of its Subsidiaries will, execute all transfers, conveyances, assignments and releases of that property whether to the Security Agent or to its nominees and give all notices, orders and directions which the Security Agent may reasonably
request. 
 Section 4.27 Additional Parallel Priority Agreements. 

(a) At the request of the Issuer, without the consent of Holders, and at the time of, or prior to, the incurrence by the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to (x) Section 4.09(a) or clauses (1), (4) (other than with respect to Capital Lease Obligations), (8) and (17) of Section 4.09(b) and (y) any Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clause (x), the Issuer, the relevant Guarantors, the Trustee and the Security Agent shall enter into with the holders of such Indebtedness (or their duly authorized
representatives) an intercreditor agreement (an “Additional Intercreditor Agreement”) or a restatement, amendment or other modification of the existing Intercreditor Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor
Agreement (or terms not materially less favorable to the Holders), including containing substantially the same terms with respect to release of guarantees and priority and release of security interests; provided, however, that such
Additional Intercreditor Agreement will not impose any personal obligations on the Trustee or the Security Agent or adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or
any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (b) At the direction of the Issuer, and without the consent of Holders, the Trustee and the
Security Agent shall, from time to time, enter into one or more amendments to any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement to: (1) to cure defects, resolve ambiguities or reflect changes, in each case, of a minor, technical
or administrative nature, (2) increase the amount or types 

  
 88 

 
of Indebtedness covered by any Intercreditor Agreement or Additional Intercreditor Agreement that may be incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor that is subject to any such agreement
(provided that such amendment is consistent with clause (a) of this Section 4.27), (3) add new Guarantors to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, (4) further secure the Notes, (5) make
provision for the security securing Additional Notes to rank pari passu with the Collateral or (6) make any other change to any such Intercreditor Agreement or an Additional Intercreditor Agreement that does not adversely affect the
rights of Holders in any material respect. 
 (c) The Issuer shall not otherwise direct the Trustee or the Security Agent to enter into any
amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class, except as otherwise
permitted by Article 9 hereof or as described in clause (b) of this Section 4.27, and the Issuer may only direct the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into any amendment to the extent such amendment does not impose any personal
obligations on the Trustee or the Security Agent or adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee or the Security Agent under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Intercreditor Agreement. 

(d) In relation to the Intercreditor Agreement or, to the extent applicable, an Additional Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee (and the
Security Agent, if applicable) shall be deemed to have consented on behalf of the Holders to any payment, repayment, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition, retirement or redemption of any obligations subordinated to the Notes thereby,
provided that such transaction would comply with Section 4.07. 
 (e) Each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed to and accepted the
terms and conditions of, and to have directed the Trustee and the Security Agent to enter into, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and any amendment, restatement or other modification referred to in clauses
(a) through (d) of this Section 4.27 (whether then entered into or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions described herein). 

(f) The Trustee or the Security Agent (as applicable) will not be required to seek the consent of Holders to perform their obligations under
and in accordance with this Section 4.27. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets of the Issuer 
 (a) The Issuer will not directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or
into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in either case, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (1) either:

 (A) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or 

(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made (for the purposes of this Section 5.01, or as otherwise applicable, the “Surviving Entity”) is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any
member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union, Switzerland, Canada, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 

  
 89 

 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger with the
Issuer (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made assumes (a) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and (b) all the obligations of the Issuer under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security
Documents, as applicable; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(4) the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (i) be permitted to incur at least €1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or (ii) have a Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio not less than and a Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not more than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and 

(5) at the time of the transaction, the Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, will have delivered to the Trustee, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition and the
supplemental indenture in respect thereof complies with the Indenture and that the Notes, the supplemental indenture and the Indenture constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer or the Surviving Entity, enforceable in accordance
with their terms; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (3) and (4) above. 

(b) In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) that is subject to, and that complies with, the provisions of, Section 5.01(a)
hereof, in which the Issuer is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer, and the Issuer
shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 Section 5.02 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
of the Parent 
 (a) The Parent will not directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or
not the Parent is the surviving corporation), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole in one or
more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (1) either: 

(A) the Parent is the surviving corporation; or 

(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made (for the purposes of this Section 5.02, or as otherwise applicable, the “Surviving Entity”) is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any
member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union, Switzerland, Canada, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 

  
 90 

 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger with the
Parent (if other than the Parent) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made assumes (a) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Parent under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture and (b) all the obligations of the Parent under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the
Security Documents, as applicable; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis and any related financing transactions as
if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Parent (or the Surviving Entity if the Parent is no longer the continuing obligor under this Indenture), would (i) be permitted to incur at least €1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or (ii) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not less than and a Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not more than it was
immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and 
 (5) at the time of the transaction, the Issuer (or the
Surviving Entity, if applicable) will have delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof complies with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that
the supplemental indenture, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Parent or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation and merger (as applicable), enforceable in accordance with
their terms; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact. 

(b) In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) that is subject to, and that complies with, the provisions of, Section 5.02(a)
hereof, in which the Parent is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Parent, and the Parent
shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee. The Note Guarantee so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantee theretofore and
thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though such Note Guarantee had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

Section 5.03 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of Luxco2 

(a) Luxco2 will not directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Luxco2 is the surviving
corporation), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Luxco2 and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole in one or more related transactions, to another
Person, unless: 
 (1) either: 

(A) Luxco2 is the surviving corporation; or 

(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Luxco2) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made (for the purposes of this Section 5.03, or as otherwise applicable, the “Surviving Entity”) is an entity organized or existing under the laws of any
member state of the Pre-Expansion European Union, Switzerland, Canada, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 

  
 91 

 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger with
Luxco2 (if other than Luxco2) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made assumes (a) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of Luxco2 under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture and (b) all the obligations of Luxco2 under the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security
Documents, as applicable; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(4) at the time of the transaction, the Issuer (or the Surviving Entity, if applicable) will have delivered to the Trustee, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, in each case, stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition and the
supplemental indenture in respect thereof complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that the supplemental indenture, this Indenture and the Note Guarantee
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Luxco2 or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation and merger (as applicable), enforceable in accordance with their terms; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel,
counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact. 
 (b) In the event of any transaction (other than a lease)
that is subject to, and that complies with, the provisions of, Section 5.03(a) hereof, in which Luxco2 is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Luxco2, and Luxco2 shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee. The Note Guarantee so issued will in all respects have the same legal
rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantee theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though such Note Guarantee had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

Section 5.04 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets of Guarantors other than the Parent and Luxco2 

(a) A Guarantor (other than the Parent, Luxco2 or a Guarantor whose Note Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Note
Guarantee and under Section 11.05 hereof) will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Guarantor and its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 

(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(2) either: 

(A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (for the purposes of this Section 5.04, or as otherwise applicable, the “Surviving Entity”) assumes (i) by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to
the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture and (ii) all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Intercreditor Agreement, any
Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, as applicable; 

  
 92 

 (B) the Net Proceeds of such sale, transfer, lease conveyance or other
disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; and 
 (3) at the time of the
transaction, the Issuer (or the Surviving Entity, if applicable) will have delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, in each case, stating that such
consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof complies with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction
have been satisfied and that the supplemental indenture, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation and merger (as applicable),
enforceable in accordance with their terms; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact. 

(b) In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.04(a)
hereof, in which the Guarantor is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed or remaining or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of such Guarantor under
this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as a Guarantor herein, and the Guarantor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee. All the Note Guarantees so
issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at
the date of the execution hereof. 
 Section 5.05 General 

(a) Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and
its Subsidiaries which are Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. 
 (b) This
Article 5 shall not restrict and shall not apply to: 
 (1) the merger, consolidation with, liquidation into or transfer
of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) to any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor); 

(2) the merger, consolidation with, liquidation into or transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets
of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor; and 
 (3) any Permitted Reorganization
involving the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

  
 93 

 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a), clauses (3) and
(4) of Section 5.02(a), clause (3) of Section 5.03(a) and clause (1) of Section 5.04(a), respectively (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this clause (c)): 

(1) the Issuer may consolidate or merge into any Guarantor, provided that if the Issuer is not the surviving entity of
such consolidation or merger, the relevant Guarantor will assume the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, as applicable; and 

(2) the Issuer or a Guarantor may consolidate or otherwise combine or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized
for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Issuer or such Guarantor, reincorporating the Issuer or such Guarantor in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Issuer or such Guarantor. 

ARTICLE 6
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on,
the Notes; 
 (3) failure by Luxco2, the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions described
under Article 5 hereof; 
 (4) failure by Luxco2, the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after written
notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the agreements in this Indenture (other than a default in performance, or
breach, or a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 6.01), the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Security Documents; 

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or
evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is
created after the Issue Date, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if
any, on, such Indebtedness at the Stated Maturity thereof prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates €25.0 million or more; 

(6) failure by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent
jurisdiction aggregating in excess of €25.0 million (exclusive of any amounts that a solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability for), which judgments shall not have been discharged or waived and there shall have been a period of
60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of an appeal, waiver or otherwise, shall not have been in effect; 

  
 94 

 (7) with respect to Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of
(i) (a) €5.0 million, any security interest created by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any
Additional Intercreditor Agreement), or (b) an assertion by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that any Collateral is not subject to a valid, perfected security interest (except as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, the
Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement); or (ii) the repudiation by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any of its material obligations under the Security Documents;
provided, in the case of clause (i)(a) of this Section 6.01(7), such Default continues for 20 days; 
 (8) except
as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, and such Default continues for 20 days, or any Guarantor or any Person
acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; 
 (9) the Parent or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; 

(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a custodian of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders
the liquidation of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; 

  
 95 

 (11) failure by the Issuer to consummate the Special Mandatory Redemption as
described in Section 3.11; and 
 (12) failure by the Issuer to comply with any material term of the Escrow Agreement
that is not cured within 5 days. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 

(a) In the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (9), (10) and (11) of Section 6.01 hereof, all outstanding Notes
will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Notwithstanding clause (4) of Section 6.01 hereof, the failure by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to procure that Evonik Carbon Black Korea Co. Ltd. and
Korea Bidco provide a Note Guarantee (together, the “Korean Guarantees”) within the required time periods as provided under Section 4.24 shall not constitute a Default, provided that the Parent and its Restricted
Subsidiaries have used and will continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to procure the Korean Guarantees and the failure to obtain such guarantees was solely attributable to not obtaining the required regulatory consent from the Bank of
Korea. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. In the event of a
declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default specified clause (5) of Section 6.01 hereof has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the Event of
Default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) of Section 6.01 shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default, or such Indebtedness shall
have been discharged in full, within 20 days after the Event of Default arose and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration (if applicable) of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and
(ii) all existing Events of Default, except non-payment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 

(b) After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for the payment of money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind any acceleration and its consequences under this Indenture if: 

(1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; 

(2) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional
Amounts, if any, on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture; and 

(3) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay: 

(A) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; 
 (B) all overdue interest and Additional Amounts on all Notes then
outstanding; 
 (C) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise
than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes; and 
 (D) to the extent
that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes. 

  
 96 

 No such recission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium
on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Subject to Section 6.07 and Section 9.02 hereof, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase)(which may only be waived in accordance with Section 9.02(5)); provided, however, that the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration; provided that, if any waiver or rescission
will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series shall be required. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any
Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, the method and the place of conducting
any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder unless such Holder
has offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in
their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts or premium, if any. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee against
any loss, liability or expense. Except (subject to Article 9) to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Amounts when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture
or the Notes unless: 

  
 97 

 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default
is continuing; 
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested,
in writing, the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security and/or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability and/or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security and/or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on,
if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or
prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien. 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in clause (1) or clause (2) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is
authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on
overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the
Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized
by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 98 

 Section 6.10 Priorities. 

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable, if the Trustee or the Security Agent collects any money pursuant to this
Article 6 or from the enforcement of any Security Document, it shall pay out (or in the case of the Security Agent, it shall pay to the Trustee to pay out) the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, the Security Agent, and their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07
hereof, including payment of all compensation, disbursements, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Security Agent (as the case may be) and the costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional
Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and 

Third: to the Issuer, to any Guarantor or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 Section 6.12
Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under
this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any
Guarantor, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
instituted. 

  
 99 

 Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07
hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition
to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair
any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as
may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents will be determined solely by the express provisions of this
Indenture and the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into
this Indenture against the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part,
the Trustee and the Security Agent may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and the Security Agent and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical
calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee and the Security Agent may not be relieved from liabilities for their own
respective negligent action, their own respective negligent failure to act, or their own respective willful misconduct, except that: 

(1) this Section 7.01(c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 

  
 100 

 (2) the Trustee and the Security Agent will not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee or the Security Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement that in any way relates to the Trustee or the Security Agent is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

(e) No provision of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement will require the Trustee or the Security Agent to expend or risk its own
funds or incur any liability. Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be under any obligation to exercise any of their respective rights and powers under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement at the request of any Holders, unless
such Holder has offered to the Trustee and the Security Agent security and indemnity satisfactory to them against any loss, liability or expense. 

(f) The Trustee and the Security Agent will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and the Security
Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee and the Security Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default)
unless a Responsible Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s corporate trust and agency department has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee (attention: Trust & Securities
Services) and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent. 

(a) The Trustee and the Security Agent may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper Person. The Trustee and the Security Agent need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b)
Before the Trustee or the Security Agent acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be liable for any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee and the Security Agent may consult with counsel or other professional advisors and the written advice of such counsel, professional advisor or any
Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by them hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee and the Security Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence
of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of the Issuer. 

  
 101 

 (f) The Trustee and the Security Agent will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee and the Security Agent indemnity and/or security satisfactory to them against
the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by them in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee and the
Security Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except:
(i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01(2) (provided it is acting as Paying Agent); and (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written
notification. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any
information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 (h) The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or
liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer, exchange,
redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Notes. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, indemnities, protections,
immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, the Security Agent and by each
agent (including the Agents), custodian and other person employed to act hereunder. Absent willful misconduct or negligence, the Security Agent, each Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on
instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party. 
 (j) In the event the Trustee and the Security Agent receive
inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee and
the Security Agent, in their sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken and shall not incur any liability for their failure to act until such inconsistency or conflict is, in their reasonable opinion, resolved. 

(k) In no event shall the Trustee or the Security Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its
obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by acts of war or terrorism involving the United States, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any other national or international calamity or emergency (including,
but not limited to, natural disasters, acts of God, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility), it being understood that the
Trustee or the Security Agent shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

(l) Neither the Trustee nor the Security Agents is required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance or its duties or the
exercise of its powers under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes. 
 (m) The permissive right of the Trustee and the
Security Agent to take the actions permitted by this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so. 

  
 102 

 (n) The Trustee and the Security Agent will not be liable to any person if prevented or delayed
in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond
its control. 
 (o) The Trustee and the Security Agent shall not under any circumstances be liable for any consequential loss (being loss of
business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person (or, in each case, any successor thereto), even if advised of it in advance and even if foreseeable. 

(p) The Trustee and the Security Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee and the Security Agent, in their discretion, may make
such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as they may see fit, and, if the Trustee and the Security Agent shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, they shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
premises of the Issuer personally or by agent or attorney. 
 (q) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s
Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an
Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

(r) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee and the Security Agent to do anything which, in their opinion, may be illegal or
contrary to applicable law or regulation. 
 (s) The Trustee and the Security Agent may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction
if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in their opinion, based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, the State of New York. 

(t) The Trustee and the Security Agent may retain professional advisors to assist them in performing their duties under this Indenture. The
Trustee and the Security Agent may consult with such professional advisors or with counsel, and the advice or opinion of such professional advisors or counsel with respect to legal or other matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be
full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by them hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(u) At any time that the security granted pursuant to the Security Documents has become enforceable and the Holders have given a direction to
the Trustee to enforce such Collateral, the Trustee is not required to give any direction to the Security Agent with respect thereto unless it has been indemnified and secured in accordance with Section 7.01(e). In any event, in connection with
any enforcement of such security, the Trustee is not responsible for: 
 (1) any failure of the Security Agent to enforce such security
within a reasonable time or at all; 
 (2) any failure of the Security Agent to pay over the proceeds of enforcement of the Collateral; 

(3) any failure of the Security Agent to realize such security for the best price obtainable; 

(4) monitoring the activities of the Security Agent in relation to such enforcement; 

  
 103 

 (5) taking any enforcement action itself in relation to such Collateral; 

(6) agreeing to any proposed course of action by the Security Agent which could result in the Trustee incurring any liability for its own
account; or 
 (7) paying any fees, costs or expenses of the Security Agent. 

(v) The Trustee and the Security Agent may assume without inquiry in the absence of actual knowledge that the Issuer is duly complying with
its obligations contained in this Indenture required to be performed and observed by it, and that no Default or Event of Default or other event which would require repayment of the Notes has occurred. 

(w) The duties and obligations of the Trustee and the Security Agent shall be subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any
Additional Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee and the Security Agent. 

The Trustee and Security Agent in their respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights they would have if they were not Trustee and Security Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90
days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof. 
 Section 7.04
Trustee’s and Security Agent’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee and Security Agent will not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes, any Note Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, they shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the
Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, they will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and they will
not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement other than its certificate of
authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice
if it determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 The Issuer shall deliver written notice to the Trustee
within 30 days of becoming aware of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default. 
 Section 7.06 [Reserved]. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Issuer or, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee, the Security Agent
and the Agents from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as shall be agreed in writing from time to time between them. The Trustee’s, the Security Agent’s and the Agent’s compensation
will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses properly incurred or made by
it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the properly incurred compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s, the Security Agent’s and the Agent’s agents and counsel. 

  
 104 

 (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee, the
Security Agent and the Agents and their officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by them arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of their duties under this
Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the
Issuer, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to their
negligence or bad faith. The Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which they may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee, the Security Agent and the Agents to so notify the Issuer will not
relieve the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. Except where the interests of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee, on the other hand, may be adverse, the Issuer or such Guarantor will defend
the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made
without its written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under
this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (d) To secure the Issuer’s and the
Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or
Additional Amounts, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the
Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (f) The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the
discharge or termination of this Indenture and shall continue for the benefit of the Trustee, the Security Agent or any Agent notwithstanding its resignation or retirement. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the
Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

  
 105 

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuer. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the
retiring Trustee (at the expense of the Issuer), the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or
(ii) the retiring Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee takes office, provided that such appointment shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10
hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.
The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee. 
 In case any Notes shall have been
authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such
successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of England and Wales, or the
United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, on a consolidated basis, a combined
capital and surplus of at least U.S.$50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

  
 106 

 Section 7.11 Agents. 

(a) Resignation of Agents. Any Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Indenture at any time by giving thirty
(30) days’ prior written notice of such resignation to the Trustee and Issuer. The Trustee or Issuer may remove any Agent at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to any Agent. Upon such notice, a successor
Agent shall be appointed by the Issuer, who shall provide written notice of such to the Trustee. Such successor Agent shall become the Agent hereunder upon the resignation or removal date specified in such notice. If the Issuer is unable to replace
the resigning Agent within thirty (30) days after such notice, the Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder in its possession to the Trustee or may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Agent or
for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including its counsels’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by the Issuer. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Agent, the
Agent shall deliver any funds then held hereunder to the successor Agent, less the Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other obligations owed to the Agent. Upon its resignation and delivery of any funds, the Agent shall be discharged of and
from any and all further obligations arising in connection with this Indenture, but shall continue to enjoy the benefit of Section 7.07. The Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuer. 

Section 7.12 Patriot Act. 
 The
parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, like all financial institutions and, in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are
requested to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Issuer and each Guarantor. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas with such information as it may request in order to
satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act. 
 ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect
to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date
the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest
or Additional Amounts, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 

  
 107 

 (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 and
Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise
of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.10, 4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.15,
4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.21, 4.23, 4.24, 4.25, 4.26, 4.27 and Sections 5.01(a)(4), 5.02(a)(4) and 5.04 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied
(hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of the Holders (and the consequences of any thereof)
in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise
under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3)(with respect to the provisions of Article 5 specified above),
(4)(with respect to the covenants in Article 4 listed above), (5), (6), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or such other entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose), in
trust, (i) for the benefit of the Holders of Euro Notes, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Obligations or a combination of cash in euros and non-callable European Government Obligations or (ii) for the benefit of the Holders
of Dollar Notes, cash in dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations or a combination of cash in dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest (including Additional Amounts and premium, if any) on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable
redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 

  
 108 

 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuer must
deliver to the Trustee an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee of United States counsel confirming that: 
 (A) the
Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (B) since the
date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and
based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the then outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to tax on the
same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an opinion reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee of United States counsel confirming that the Holders of the then outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer
with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer or the Guarantors with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer, the Guarantors or others; and 

(5) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, subject to customary
assumptions and qualifications each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable European Government Obligations and non-callable U.S. Government
Obligations (in each case, including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect
of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent)
as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law. 
 The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or
assessed against the cash, non-callable European Government Obligations or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee
or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to
the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money, non-callable European Government Obligations or non-callable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in
Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)
hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 109 

 Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of,
premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on
its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Issuer cause to be made available to the newswire service of Bloomberg or, if Bloomberg does not operate, any similar agency and, if and so long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and the rules and regulations of the
Irish Stock Exchange so require, published through the Companies Announcement Office of the Irish Stock Exchange or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder’s address (as set forth in the register of Holders of Definitive
Registered Notes maintained by the relevant Registrar) notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of
such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any euros, non-callable European Government Obligations, dollars or non-callable U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the
Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the
Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or
Additional Amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Security Agent and the Trustee (as
applicable) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

  
 110 

 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s
obligations to the Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Issuer or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder in any material respect; 
 (5) to conform the text of this Indenture,
the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” section was
intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, or the Notes; 

(6) to enter into additional or supplemental Security Documents; 

(7) to release any Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(8) to release the Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents; 

(9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the
Issue Date; 
 (10) to allow any additional Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with
respect to the Notes; or 
 (11) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment under this Indenture or the
Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement of a successor Trustee or the Security Agent pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee or Security Agent to the Intercreditor Agreement, any
Additional Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document. 
 In formulating its opinion on such matters described in this
Section 9.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely absolutely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate. 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Security Agent of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee and the Security Agent will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but neither the Trustee nor the Security Agent will be obligated to enter
into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02
With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee and the Security
Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.10, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 hereof), the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional
Intercreditor Agreement with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of,
or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if
any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents,
the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation,
consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that, if any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series shall be required. 

  
 111 

 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing
the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee and the Security Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee and the Security Agent of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by
the Trustee and the Security Agent of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee and the Security Agent will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended
or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s or Security Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be
obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders affected thereby
a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver, as specified in Section 14.01. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such
amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class, may waive compliance in a
particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. However, unless consented to by the Holders of at
least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), without the consent of
each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of
the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change
the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
 (4) impair the right of any Holder of Notes to
receive payment of principal of and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes or any Guarantee in respect thereof;

  
 112 

 (5) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or
interest, Additional Amounts or premium, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the Payment Default
that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (6) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(7) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes
to receive payments of principal of, or interest, Additional Amounts or premium, if any, on, the Notes; 
 (8) change the
ranking of the Notes or the Note Guarantees; 
 (9) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment
required by Sections 3.10, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof); 
 (10) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement; 
 (11)
release the Lien on Collateral granted for the benefit of the Holders, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the relevant Security Documents; or 

(12) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; 

provided that, if any amendment, supplement or waiver will only affect one series of the Notes, only the consent of the Holders of at
least 90% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series shall be required. 
 For the purpose of calculating
the aggregate principal amount of Notes that have consented to or voted in favor of any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Euro Equivalent of the principal amount of Dollar Notes shall be as of the Issue Date. 

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

  
 113 

 Section 9.05 Trustee and Security Agent to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee and Security Agent will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or
supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee and Security Agent. The Issuer may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Issuer approves it. In executing
any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee and Security Agent will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof,
an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 10
 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

 Section 10.01. Security Documents and Escrow Charge 

(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and the Note
Guarantees when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional
Amounts, if any (to the extent permitted by law), on the Notes, the Note Guarantees and performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee and the Security Agent under this Indenture, the Notes and
the Note Guarantees according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, are secured as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Security Documents and the Escrow Charge. Each Holder, by its acceptance
thereof: (i) consents and agrees to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional Intercreditor Agreement, and the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Liens and
authorizing the Security Agent to enter into any Security Document on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Security Agent to enter into the Security
Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith; and (ii) consents and agrees to the terms of the Escrow Charge (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and
release of Liens and authorizing the Trustee to enter into the Escrow Charge on its behalf) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Escrow
Charge and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and the Issuer and
the Guarantors will, and the Parent will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Security Documents, to assure and
confirm to the Trustee that the Security Agent holds, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, so as to render the same available for the
security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and the Note Guarantees secured thereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Issuer and the Guarantors will take, and the Parent will cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to
take, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected first priority Lien in and
on all the Collateral ranking in right and priority of payment as set forth in this Indenture and subject to no other Liens other than as permitted by the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer will take any and all actions reasonably required to cause
the Escrow Charge to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected first priority Lien in and on all the Charged Rights ranking in right and priority of payment as set forth in this
Indenture and subject to no other Liens other than as permitted by the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 114 

 (b) Each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders agree that the Security Agent shall be the
joint creditor (together with the Holders) of each and every obligation of the parties hereto under the Notes and this Indenture, and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Issuer of
those obligations, except that such demand shall only be made with the prior written consent of the Trustee or as otherwise permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement. However, any discharge of such obligation to the Security Agent, on the one
hand, or to the Trustee or the Holders, as applicable, on the other hand, shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other. 

(c) The Security Agent agrees that it will hold the security interests in Collateral created under the Security Documents to which it is a
party as contemplated by this Indenture in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, and any and all proceeds thereof, for the benefit of, among others, the Trustee and the Holders, to act in preservation of the security interest in the
Collateral in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement. The Security Agent will (subject to being indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction) take action or refrain from taking action in connection therewith only as directed by the Trustee,
subject to the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (d) Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed (i) to
have authorized the Security Agent to enter into the Security Documents and (ii) to be bound thereby. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, appoints the Security Agent as its trustee under the Security Documents and authorizes it to act on such
Holder’s behalf. The Trustee hereby acknowledges that the Security Agent is authorized to act under the Security Documents on behalf of the Trustee, with the full authority and powers of the Trustee thereunder. The Security Agent is hereby
authorized to exercise such rights, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to it by the terms of the Security Documents, including the power to enter into the Security Documents, as trustee on behalf of the Holders and the Trustee,
together with all rights, powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto or necessary to give effect to the trusts created thereunder. The Security Agent shall however at all times be entitled to seek directions from the Trustee and
shall be obligated to follow those directions if given (but the Trustee shall not be obligated to give such directions unless directed in accordance with this Indenture). The Security Agent hereby accepts its appointment as the trustee of the
Holders and the Trustee under the Security Documents, and its authorization to so act on such Holders’ and the Trustee’s behalf in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

Section 10.02 Release of Collateral and Charged Rights. 

Notwithstanding the Security Documents, upon receipt by the Security Agent of a certificate from the Trustee that complies with
Section 10.05, and subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agent is authorized to release the Collateral. 

Charged Rights may be released from the Liens created by the Escrow Charge in accordance with the provisions of the Escrow Charge and this
Indenture. 
 Section 10.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents and the Escrow Documents. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof and the terms of the Security Documents and Escrow Documents (as
applicable), the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders: 
 (A) direct, on behalf of the Holders, the
Security Agent to, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to: 
 (1) enforce any of the terms of the
Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement; and 
 (2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of
the Obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor hereunder; and 

  
 115 

 (B) take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to: 

(1) enforce any of the terms of the Escrow Documents; and 

(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder. 

Subject to the provisions hereof, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee will have power to institute and
maintain, or direct the Security Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Security by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents, the
Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or
proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order
would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee). 
 Subject to the
provisions hereof and the Escrow Documents, the Trustee will have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Charged Rights by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of
the Escrow Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Charged Rights (including power to institute and maintain suits or
proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order
would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or of the Trustee). 
 Section 10.04 Authorization of
Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents and the Escrow Documents. 
 The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds
for the benefit of the Holders distributed under (i) the Security Documents and (ii) the Escrow Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture, the Intercreditor
Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. 
 Section 10.05 Termination of Security Interest. 

The Trustee shall, at the request of the Issuer or a Guarantor upon having provided the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel certifying compliance with this Section 10.05, execute and deliver a certificate to the Security Agent directing the Security Agent to release the relevant Collateral or to execute such other appropriate instrument evidencing such
release (in the form provided by and at the expense of the Issuer) under one or more of the following circumstances: 
 (1)
upon the full and final payment and performance of all Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture and the Notes; 

(2) upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided in Article 8 and
Article 13; 
 (3) the circumstances provided for under Article 9; 

  
 116 

 (4) in connection with enforcement actions taken in accordance with Clause 13
(Enforcement of Transaction Security) of the Intercreditor Agreement and the similar provisions in any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; 

(5) in connection with any sale or other disposition of the property and assets to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transaction) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof; 

(6) if the Parent designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with
the applicable provisions of the Indenture, the release of the property and assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (7)
in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Note Guarantee pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the release of the property and assets, and Capital Stock, of such Guarantor. 

Section 10.06 Security Agent 
 (a)
Any resignation or replacement of the Security Agent shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (b) The
Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby agree to indemnify the Security Agent hereunder on the same basis as their indemnity to the Trustee provided in Article 7 with respect to actions taken or not taken by the Security Agent in
accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents. 
 Section 10.07 Parallel Debt 

(a) Without prejudice to the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents and for the purpose of preserving the initial and
continuing validity of the Liens granted and to be granted by the Issuer and each Guarantor to the Security Agent, an amount equal to and in the same currency of the obligations under the Notes and the Note Guarantees from time to time due by the
Issuer or such Guarantor in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Note and Note Guarantees, including for the avoidance of doubt, the limitations set out under Section 11.02, shall be owing as a separate and independent obligation of
the Issuer and each Guarantor to the Security Agent (such payment undertaking and the obligations and liabilities which are the result thereof the “Parallel Debt”). The Issuer, each Guarantor and the Security Agent acknowledge that
(i) for this purpose the Parallel Debt constitutes undertakings, obligations and liabilities of the Issuer and each Guarantor to the Security Agent under this Indenture and the Security Documents which are separate and independent from, and
without prejudice to, the corresponding obligations under the Notes and Note Guarantees which the Issuer or such Guarantor has to the Holders and (ii) that the Parallel Debt represents the Security Agent’s own claims to receive payment of
the Parallel Debt and for the purposes of this Section 10.07, the Security Agent acts in its own name and not as a trustee, and its claims in respect of the Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; provided that the total amount which
may become due under the Parallel Debt shall never exceed the total amount which may become due under the Notes and Note Guarantees; provided, further, that the Security Agent shall exercise its rights with respect to the Parallel Debt
solely in accordance with this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (b) Every payment of monies made by the
Issuer or a Guarantor to the Security Agent shall (conditionally upon such payment not subsequently being avoided or reduced by virtue of any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar laws of general
application) be in satisfaction pro tanto of the covenant by the Issuer or such Guarantor contained in clause (a) of this Section 10.07; provided that if any such payment mentioned in clause (a) above is subsequently
avoided or reduced by virtue of any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, liquidation or similar laws of general application, the Security Agent shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment from the Issuer or such Guarantor and
the Issuer or such Guarantor shall remain liable to perform the relevant obligation and the relevant liability shall be deemed not to have been discharged. 

  
 117 

 (c) Subject to the provisions in clause (b) of this Section 10.07, but notwithstanding
any of the other provisions of this clause (c): 
 (1) the total amount due and payable as Parallel Debt under this
Section 10.07 shall be decreased to the extent that the Issuer or a Guarantor shall have paid any amounts to the Security Agent or to the Trustee or to the Agents on behalf of the Holders or any of them to reduce the outstanding principal
amount of the Notes or the Security Agent or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders otherwise receives any amount in payment of the Notes and the Note Guarantees; and 

(2) to the extent that the Issuer or a Guarantor shall have paid any amounts to the Trustee or to the Security Agent or to the
Agents under the Parallel Debt or the Trustee or the Security Agent or to the Agents shall have otherwise received monies in payment of the Parallel Debt, the total amount due and payable under the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be decreased as
if said amounts were received directly in payment of the Notes and Note Guarantees. 
 (d) In the event of any inconsistency between the
terms of this Section 10.07 and the terms of clause 16.3 (Parallel Debt (covenant to pay the Security Agent)) of the Intercreditor Agreement, the latter shall prevail to the extent permissible under applicable law. 

ARTICLE 11 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 11.01 Guarantee. 
 (a)
Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the
validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full
when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the
Holders or the Trustee and the Security Agent hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 

(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be
promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and
severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) Subject to this Article 11, the Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the
Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with
a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

  
 118 

 (c) If any Holder, the Trustee or the Security Agent is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or the Security Agent or such Holder, this Note
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not
be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due
and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair
the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 
 Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited under the
relevant laws applicable to such Guarantor and the granting of such Note Guarantees (including laws relating to corporate benefit, capital preservation, financial assistance, fraudulent conveyances and transfers, voidable preferences or transactions
under value), provided that, with respect to each jurisdiction described below, such obligations shall be limited in the manner described below or in any supplemental indenture. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders
and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving notice to the Trustee of such maximum amount and giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not conflicting with the principles of corporate benefit or capital preservation or constituting a fraudulent conveyance,
fraudulent transfer, voidable preference, a transaction under value or unlawful financial assistance, or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, provided that, with respect to each jurisdiction described below, such
obligations shall be limited in the manner described below or in any supplemental indenture. 
  

	 	1	Limitation on Note Guarantee by German Guarantors 

 (a) To the extent that the Note
Guarantee created under this Indenture is granted by a Guarantor incorporated in Germany as a limited liability company (GmbH) (each, a “German Guarantor”) and the Note Guarantee of the German Guarantor guarantees amounts
which are owed by direct or indirect shareholders of the German Guarantor or Subsidiaries of such shareholders (with 

  
 119 

 
the exception of Subsidiaries which are also Subsidiaries of the German Guarantor), the Note Guarantee of the German Guarantor shall be subject to certain limitations as set out in the following
paragraphs of this paragraph. In relation to any other amounts guaranteed, the Note Guarantee of the German Guarantor remains unlimited. 

(b) Subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) below, the Trustee shall not be entitled to enforce the Note Guarantee to the extent that the
German Guarantor demonstrates that such enforcement has the effect of (x) reducing the German Guarantor’s net assets (Nettovermögen) (the “Net Assets”) to an amount less than its stated share capital
(Stammkapital), or (y) (if its Net Assets are already lower than its stated share capital) causing such amount to be further reduced, and thereby affects its assets which are required for the obligatory preservation of its stated share
capital according to §§30, 31 German Act on Limited Liability Companies (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung (GmbH-Gesetz) (the “GmbH-Act”) (“Limitation on
Enforcement” or “Limitation Event”). For the purpose of determining whether a Limitation Event has occurred, any recourse claim (Rückgriffsanspruch) which the German Guarantor has, or would acquire against a
shareholder or another member of the Group as a result of the enforcement of the Note Guarantee, shall be taken into account to the extent that such recourse claim is valuable (werthaltig) (“Recourse Claim”). To the extent
that there is such Recourse Claim, no Limitation on Enforcement applies. 
 (i) The value of the Net Assets shall be
determined in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles, standards and practices in Germany (Grundsätze ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung under the German commercial code (Handelsgesetzbuch,
“HGB”)) consistently applied by the German Guarantor in preparing its unconsolidated balance sheets (Jahresabschluss according to § 42 GmbH-Act, §§ 242, 264 HGB) in the previous years, save that: 

(A) the amount of any increase of the stated share capital (Stammkapital) of the German Guarantor registered after the
date of this Indenture without the prior written consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the relevant stated share capital unless such increase of the stated share capital has been effected in implementation of the steps set forth in the Tax
Structure Memorandum; 
 (B) loans and other liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of this Indenture, the
Notes or the Security Documents shall be disregarded; and 
 (C) the assets of the German Guarantor will be assessed at
liquidation values (Liquidationswerte) if the managing director(s) (Geschäftsführer) demonstrate that, at the time they prepare the balance sheet, such German Guarantor is obliged to or intends to file for the commencement of
insolvency proceedings for reason of existing or imminent (drohende) illiquidity (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) or over-indebtedness. 

(ii) The Limitation on Enforcement shall only apply if and to the extent that the managing director(s)
(Geschäftsführer) on behalf of the respective German Guarantor have confirmed in writing to the Trustee within 15 Business Days following the Trustee’s demand under the Note Guarantee: 

(A) the amount of the German Guarantor’s Net Assets; and 

(B) that and to what extent the demanded payment would lead to the occurrence of a Limitation Event, 

(the “Management Determination”). 

  
 120 

 (iii) If the Trustee disagrees with the Management Determination, the Trustee
and/or any Holder shall nevertheless be entitled to enforce the Note Guarantee up to such amount, which is undisputed between the Trustee and the relevant German Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (ii) above. In relation
to the amount which is disputed, the Limitation on Enforcement shall only apply if a firm of auditors of international standing and reputation has determined within 45 calendar days from the date the Trustee has contested the Management
Determination: 
 (A) the amount of the German Guarantor’s Net Assets; and 

(B) to what extent the demanded payment would lead to the occurrence of a Limitation Event (the “Auditor’s
Determination”). 
 The amounts determined in the Auditor’s Determination shall be (except for manifest error)
binding for all Parties. The costs of the Auditor’s Determination shall be borne by the German Guarantor. 
 If pursuant
to the Auditor’s Determination the amount payable under the Note Guarantee is higher than set out in the Management Determination the relevant German Guarantor shall pay the difference to the Trustee within 10 Business Days after receipt of the
Auditor’s Determination. 
 (iv) If, and to the extent that, the Note Guarantee has been enforced without regard to the
Limitation on Enforcement because: 
 (A) the Management Determination or the Auditor’s Determination was not delivered
within the relevant time frame; or 
 (B) the amount payable under the Note Guarantee resulting from the Auditor’s
Determination is lower than the respective amount resulting from the Management Determination, 
 the Trustee shall upon
written demand of the relevant German Guarantor to the Trustee (on behalf of the Trustee and the Holders) repay any amount (but only if and to the extent that such amount has not already been on-paid to the Holders or, where such amount has been
on-paid to the Holders, such amount has been returned to the Trustee following an notice by the Trustee to the Holders) in the case of (x) paragraph (iv)(A) above, which the Trustee would not have been entitled to enforce had the Management
Determination or the Auditor’s Determination been delivered in time, and in the case of (y) paragraph (iv)(B) above the difference between the amount paid and the amount payable resulting from the Auditor’s Determination, provided
such demand for repayment is made to the Trustee within 6 months (Ausschlussfrist) from the date the Note Guarantee has been enforced. 

(v) If the German Guarantor intends to demonstrate that the enforcement of the Note Guarantee would lead to the occurrence of a
Limitation Event, then the German Guarantor shall realise at market value any and all of its assets that are shown in its balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) which is significantly lower than their market value and to the extent that
such assets are not necessary for the relevant German Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig), to the extent necessary to satisfy the amounts demanded under this Article 11. 

(vi) The Limitation on Enforcement does not affect the right of the Trustee or the Holders to claim again any outstanding
amount at a later point in time if and to the extent that this Section 11.02(1) would allow this at that later point. 

  
 121 

 (vii) The Limitation on Enforcement does not apply in relation to amounts that
correspond to funds that have been borrowed under this Indenture and have been on-lent (directly or indirectly) to, or otherwise been passed on to, the relevant German Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries. The burden of demonstrating that no amounts
have been passed on is on the German Guarantor provided that current financial statements of the German Guarantor prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles, standards and practices in Germany (Grundsätze
ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung under the HGB) and setting out in reasonable detail such on-lending in its notes (Anhang) shall constitute prima facie evidence for this purpose. 

(viii) The Limitation on Enforcement does not apply to any amounts payable under the Note Guarantee if and as long as: 

(A) a domination agreement and/or a profit and loss transfer agreement in accordance with § 291 of the German Stock
Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) between the German Guarantor and any other Obligor exists and any potential loss compensation claim (Verlustausgleichanspruch) of the German Guarantor thereunder or in relation thereto is valuable
(werthaltig), or 
 (B) a valid claim for consideration or refund against its parent company as set out in the second
sentence of the first paragraph of § 30 of the GmbH-Act exists. 
 (d) In addition to the restrictions in this Section 11.02(1),
if the German Guarantor demonstrates that, according to the German courts or, in case there are no such court decisions, according to the prevailing view in judicial literature, such enforcement would have the effect that its managing director(s)
are liable for reimbursement of the payments made under the Note Guarantee pursuant to § 64 sentence 3 GmbH-Act, the Trustee and the Holders shall only be entitled to enforce the Note Guarantee to the extent possible without the managing
directors incurring such liability. In case of sentence 1, the German Guarantor shall take all reasonable measures in order to increase the German Guarantor’s liquidity (Zahlungsfähigkeit) to the extent necessary to satisfy the
amounts demanded under this Note Guarantee. Paragraphs (c)(ii) to (c)(vii) of this Section 11.02(1) shall apply mutatis mutandis. 

(e) This Section 11.02(1) shall apply mutatis mutandis if the Note Guarantee is granted by a Guarantor incorporated as a limited
liability partnership (GmbH & Co. KG) in relation to the limited liability company as general partner (Komplementär) of such Guarantor. 
  

	 	2	Limitations on guarantee by Swedish Guarantors 

 In relation to any Guarantor
incorporated in Sweden (a “Swedish Guarantor”), its Note Guarantee shall be limited, if (and only if) required by an application of the mandatory provisions of the Swedish Companies Act regulating (i) unlawful distribution of
assets and transfer of value (Chapter 17, Sections 1 to 4), and (ii) unlawful financial assistance and other prohibited loans, security and guarantees (Chapter 21, Section 5) and it is understood that the obligations and liabilities of
each Swedish Guarantor under its Note Guarantee only applies to the extent permitted by the above mentioned provisions of the Swedish Companies Act. 
  

	 	3	Limitations on guarantee by French Guarantors 

 (a) In the case of any Guarantor
incorporated in France (a “French Guarantor”), its Note Guarantee shall apply only insofar as required to: 

(i) guarantee the payment obligations under this Indenture, subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in clause
(ii) below, of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries which are or become Guarantors from time to time under this Indenture; and 

  
 122 

 (ii) guarantee the payment obligations of the Issuer or of the other Guarantors
which are not direct or indirect Subsidiaries of that French Guarantor, provided that in such case such guarantee shall be limited: (A) to the payment obligations of the Issuer or such other Guarantors but (B) not exceeding an
amount equal to the aggregate of all amounts funded out of the proceeds of the Notes on-lent by the Issuer or Guarantor to that French Guarantor and outstanding from time to time (the “Maximum Guaranteed Amount”); it being specified
that, notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture including Section 11.01(d) above, any payment made by such French Guarantor pursuant to its Note Guarantee shall reduce pro tanto the outstanding amount of the intercompany loan
extended to such French Guarantor out of the proceeds of the Notes. 
 (b) For the purpose of clause (a) above, any French Guarantor
shall, promptly following a request from the Trustee, provide to the Trustee details of the total outstanding amounts on-lent to such French Guarantor, or on-lent to a Subsidiary of said French Guarantor as contemplated above. 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, any payment made by a French Guarantor under clause (a)(ii) above shall reduce the Maximum Guaranteed Amount.

 (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 11, no French Guarantor shall secure liabilities under this Indenture which would
result in such French Guarantor not complying with French financial assistance rules as set out in Article L. 225-216 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and/or would constitute a misuse of corporate assets within the meaning of article
L. 241 3 or L. 242 6 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) or any other law or regulations having the same effect, as interpreted by French courts. 

(e) It is acknowledged that such French Guarantor is not acting jointly and severally with the other Guarantors and shall not be considered as
co-débiteur solidaire as to their obligations pursuant to its Note Guarantee. 
  

	 	4	Limitations on guarantee by Italian Guarantors 

 The obligations of each Guarantor
incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Italy (an “Italian Guarantor”) under this Article 11 are subject to the limitations set forth below: 

(a) The aggregate principal amount of the Notes guaranteed by each Italian Guarantor shall not exceed, at any time: 

(i) an amount equal to the aggregate at that time of: 
  

	 	(A)	the principal amount of all inter-company loans (or other financial support in any form) advanced (or granted) to that Italian Guarantor (or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries) by any other member of the Group
before the date of this Indenture and outstanding on the date of this Indenture; and 

  

	 	(B)	the principal amount of all inter-company loans (or other financial support in any form) advanced (or granted) to that Italian Guarantor (or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries) by any other member of the Group
after the date of this Indenture (whether or not outstanding at that time); 

  
 123 

 less 

(ii) the aggregate amount (if any) that, at the time of the enforcement of the guarantee provided for under the Revolving
Credit Facility, that Italian Guarantor has already paid, or is due and payable as a result of a demand, under the guarantee granted pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility; 

less 

(iii) an amount equal to any payment made by that Italian Guarantor under its Note Guarantee. 

(b) The aggregate amount of interest in respect of the Notes guaranteed by each Italian Guarantor will be at any time equal to the interest
then outstanding in respect of a principal amount of the Notes equal to the principal amount of the Notes guaranteed by that Italian Guarantor at that time. 

(c) Without prejudice to the limitations set forth under clauses (a) and (b) above, it is acknowledged that the obligations of each
Italian Guarantor under this Article 11 are also subject to the following limitations: 
 (i) in order to comply with the
provisions of Article 1938 of the Italian Civil Code, the maximum aggregate amount that an Italian Guarantor may be required to pay in respect of its obligations as Guarantor under this Article 11 shall not exceed, at any time, the sum of
€532,000,000 and $525,000,000; and 
 (ii) in order to comply with the provisions of Article 2358 or 2474 (as the case
may be) of the Italian Civil Code, any guarantee, indemnity, obligation and liability granted or assumed under this Article 11 by any Italian Guarantor shall not include and shall not extend, directly or indirectly, to any amount lent to acquire or
subscribe, directly or indirectly, shares or quotas in that Italian Guarantor or any direct or indirect controlling entity of that Italian Guarantor (or the refinancing of any indebtedness incurred for that purpose). 

 

	 	5	Limitations on guarantee by Polish Guarantors 

 (a) The liability of each Guarantor
incorporated or established in Poland (each a “Polish Guarantor”) under its Note Guarantee shall, in all circumstances, be limited to an amount equal to the “Polish Limitation Amount” (as defined below), calculated
pursuant to the following formula: 
 G = A - L, 

where: 

“G” means the Polish Limitation Amount, 

“A” means all assets (aktywa) of the relevant Polish Guarantor in the value recorded in (i) its latest
annual unconsolidated financial statements made available to the Trustee or, if they are more up-to date, in (ii) its latest interim unconsolidated financial statements made available to the Trustee request or without such request (i.e. at the
Polish Guarantor’s own motion); 
 “L” means all liabilities (zobowiązania) of the relevant Polish
Guarantor existing on the date thereof recorded in the pertinent financial statements referred to in the definition of “A” above and used for the purpose of determination of the value of assets (aktywa) of that Polish Guarantor. The term
“liabilities”” shall at all times exclude the Polish Guarantor’s liabilities under this Article 11, but shall include any other obligations (secured and unsecured) of that Polish Guarantor, including any other off-balance sheet
obligations of that Polish Guarantor; 

  
 124 

 (b) In addition to the provisions of clause (a) above, the liability of each Polish
Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent required to ensure that any payment under its Note Guarantee does not, (i) in case of a limited liability company (spółka z ograniczoną
odpowiedzialnością), result in a reduction of its assets necessary to cover in full its share capital pursuant to article 189 par. 2 of the Polish Commercial Code dated 15 September 2000 (Journal of Laws No. 94, item 1037 as
amended); or (ii) in case of a joint stock company (spółka akcyjna), result in a breach of article 345 § 2 to §5 of the Polish Commercial Code dated 15 September 2000 (Journal of Laws No., item 1037 as
amended). 
 (c) The limitation in clause (a) above shall cease to apply if Polish law is amended in such a manner that (i) a
debtor whose liabilities exceed the value of its assets is no longer deemed insolvent (niewypłacalny) as provided for in Article 11 Sec. 2 of the Polish Bankruptcy and Restructuring Law (as in force on the date of this Indenture) or that
(ii) the insolvency (niewypłacalność) of a debtor within the meaning of Article 11 Sec. 2 of the Polish Bankruptcy and Restructuring Law (as in force on the date of this Indenture) no longer gives grounds for the
declaration of its bankruptcy (ogłoszenie upadłości). 
  

	 	6	Limitations on guarantee by Portuguese Guarantors 

 (a) In relation any Guarantor
incorporated under the laws of Portugal (each, a “Portuguese Guarantor”), their respective obligations under this Article 11 shall not include and shall not extend: 

(i) to any amount used to fund the acquisition of or subscription of a Portuguese Guarantor and/or the acquisition of or
subscription of any shares in its parent company (or, if applicable, in any other company which may indirectly control such Portuguese Guarantor) to the extent that by assuming such obligations the Portuguese Guarantor would be deemed to be
providing financial assistance to the acquisition of its own shares under Article 322 of the Portuguese Commercial Companies Code (Código das Sociedades Comerciais); and 

(ii) to cover any indebtedness which would cause an infringement of article 6 number 3 of the Portuguese Commercial Companies
Code (Código das Sociedades Comerciais). 
 (b) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, the relevant corporate body of each
Portuguese Guarantor, by providing a Note Guarantee, hereby declares that the Portuguese Guarantor has derived a corporate benefit in providing such Note Guarantee and that such corporate benefit has been duly considered and justified in a corporate
resolution. 
 7 Limitation on guarantee by Korean Guarantors 

(a) In the case of each Guarantor organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (a “Korean Guarantor”), its Note Guarantee
shall be subject to the following limitations: 
 (i) the obligations and liabilities of the Korean Guarantor under its Note
Guarantee shall be limited, at all times, to the payment obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, this Indenture and other documents related to the Notes (the “Note Documents”) from time to time up to the aggregate amount of
proceeds under such documents on-lent (the “On-lent Amount”) by the Issuer to such Korean Guarantor and outstanding from time to time (the “Maximum Korea Guarantee”); 

(ii) any payment made by the Korean Guarantor, or the amount enforced, under the Note Documents shall reduce the Maximum
Guarantee Amount by such amount of payment or amount enforced; and 
 (iii) any payment made by the Korean Guarantor, or
amount enforced, under the Note Documents will be deemed to reduce pro tanto the outstanding amount of its Korean Intercompany Loan. 

  
 125 

 (b) For the purpose of clause (a) above, a Korean Guarantor shall, promptly following a
request from the Trustee, provide to the Trustee details of the total outstanding amount on-lent by the Issuer to such Korean Guarantor. Each Korean Guarantor shall at times during the term of this Indenture maintain an accurate record of the
outstanding, aggregate amount of proceeds on-lent by the Issuer under the Note Documents. 
 (c) Upon repayment of its outstanding On-lent
Amount, including accrued interest, each Korean Guarantor shall be released from any and all obligations under this Article 11. 
 (d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, each Korean Guarantor’s obligations under this Article 11 shall only become enforceable upon failure by such Korean Guarantor to repay the full amount of its Korean
Intercompany Loan within 60 days of the receipt of written notice for payment by the Korean Intercompany Lender pursuant to its Korean Intercompany Loan Agreement. 

8 Limitation on guarantee by US Guarantors 

The maximum liability of each Guarantor incorporated in any state of the United States of America (“US Guarantor”) under its
Note Guarantee shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the greatest amount that would not render such US Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes or the Security Documents subject to avoidance under Bankruptcy Law or to being
set aside, avoided or annulled under any fraudulent transfer law, in each case, after giving effect to: 
 (a) all other
liabilities of such US Guarantor, contingent or otherwise, that are relevant under such fraudulent transfer law; and 
 (b)
the value as assets of such US Guarantor (as determined under the applicable provisions of such fraudulent transfer law) of any rights to subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar rights held by such US Guarantor pursuant to:

 (A) applicable law or 

(B) any other agreement providing for an equitable allocation among such US Guarantor and the Issuer and other Guarantors of
obligations arising under this Indenture or other guarantees of such obligations by such parties. 
 9 Limitations on guarantee by Hong
Kong Guarantors 
 In respect of each Guarantor incorporated in Hong Kong, its Note Guarantee does not apply to any liability to the
extent that it would result in the Note Guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of section 47A of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) or any equivalent and applicable provision under the laws of
Hong Kong. 
 Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Note Guarantee or any release,
termination or discharge thereof. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

  
 126 

 Section 11.04 [Reserved]. 

Section 11.05 Releases. 
 The Note
Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor (and of the Parent and Luxco2 in the case of clauses (4), (5), (6) and (7) below) will be released: 

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Subsidiary Guarantor
(including by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or combination) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate
Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Subsidiary
Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof and the Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be
a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the sale or other disposition; 
 (3) if the Parent designates any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 

(4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture in accordance with Article 13 hereof; 
 (5) in connection with enforcement actions taken in accordance with Clause
13 (Enforcement of Transaction Security) of the Intercreditor Agreement and the similar provisions in any Additional Intercreditor Agreement; 

(6) upon the full and final payment and performance of all obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture
and the Notes; or 
 (7) the circumstances provided for under Article 9. 

Upon any occurrence giving rise to a release of a Note Guarantee as specified in clauses (1) through (7) above, the Trustee, subject
to receipt of certain documents from the Issuer and/or any Guarantor requested pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence or effect such release,
discharge and termination in respect of such Note Guarantee. No release and discharge of the Note Guarantee will be effective against the Trustee, the Security Agent or the Holders until the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the
Security Agent an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture and the Security Documents relating to such release and discharge have been satisfied and that such release
and discharge is authorized and permitted under this Indenture and the Security Documents and the Trustee and the Security Agent shall be entitled to rely on such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel absolutely and without further
enquiry. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any Guarantor will be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any such release, discharge or termination. 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.05 will remain liable for the
full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 

  
 127 

 ARTICLE 12 

[RESERVED] 
 ARTICLE 13 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 13.01
Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued
hereunder, when: 
 (1) either: 

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or
paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee or the applicable Registrar for cancellation; or 

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee or the applicable Registrar for cancellation have become due and
payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense of, the Issuer or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused
to be deposited with the Trustee (or such other entity designated by the Trustee for this purpose) as trust funds (A) in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Dollar Notes, cash in dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations
or a combination thereof or (B) in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Euro Notes, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in each case, in amounts as will be sufficient, without
consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee or the applicable Registrar for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and accrued
interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (2) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums
payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture; and 
 (3) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions
to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions
precedent in this Indenture to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1),
(2) and (3)). 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to sub-clause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 13.01, the provisions of Sections 13.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 13.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of
Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 13.02 Application of Trust
Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01
hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 

  
 128 

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money, European Government Obligations or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,
the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any
payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment
from the money, European Government Obligations or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 14 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 14.01 Notices.

 Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Security Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and
delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor: 

Kinove German Bondco GmbH 

Blitzstart Holding AG, 

Bavariaring 29, 
 80336 Munich,

 Germany 
 Facsimile No.: + 44
207 761 1111 
 Attention: Lucas Flynn 

with a copy to: 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP 

1 New Fetter Lane 

London EC4A 1AN 

United Kingdom 

Facsimile No.: +44 207 959 8950 

Attention: George H. White 

If to the Trustee: 

Deutsche Trustee Company Limited 

Winchester House 
 1 Great
Winchester Street 
 London EC2N 2DB 

United Kingdom 
 Facsimile No.:
+44 207 547 6149 
 Attention: Trust & Securities Services 

  
 129 

 If to the Security Agent 

UBS Limited 
 100 Liverpool Street

 London EC2M 2RH 
 United
Kingdom 
 Facsimile No.: +44 207 568 4664 

Attention: Judith Campbell 
 If
to U.S. Registrar, U.S. Paying Agent and Transfer Agent: 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 

60 Wall Street 
 MSNYC60-2710 

New York, New York 10005 

Facsimile No.: +1 732 578 4635 

Attention: Trust and Securities Services 

with a copy to: 
 Deutsche Bank
National Trust Company 
 100 Plaza One – 6th Floor 

MSJCY03-0699 
 Jersey City, New
Jersey 07311 
 Facsimile No.: +1 732 578 4635 

Attention: Trust and Securities Services 

If to the Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent: 

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch 

Winchester House 
 1 Great
Winchester Street 
 London EC2N 2DB 

United Kingdom 
 Facsimile No.:
+44 20 7547 6749 
 Attention: Trust & Securities Services 

If to the Luxembourg Registrar: 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. 
 2,
boulevard Konrad Adenauer 
 L-1115 Luxembourg 

Facsimile: +00 352 473 136 
 If
to the Irish Paying Agent: 
 Deutsche International Corporate Services (Ireland) Limited 

5 Harbourmaster Place 
 IFSC 

Dublin 1 Ireland 

  
 130 

 The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Security Agent, by notice to the others, may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those
sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by
facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 

All notices and communications shall be in the English language or accompanied by a translation into English certified as being a true and
accurate translation. In the event of any discrepancies between the English and other than English versions of such notices or communications, the English version of such notice or communication shall prevail. 

All notices to the Holders (while any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes) shall be delivered to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream,
as applicable for communication to entitled account Holders. So long as the Notes are traded on the Global Exchange Market and the rules and regulations of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, all notices to Holders will also be published through
the Companies Announcement Office of the Irish Stock Exchange, and on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie). If publication as provided above is not practicable, notice will be given in such other manner, and
shall be deemed to have been given on such date, as the Trustee may approve. In the case of Definitive Registered Notes, notices will be mailed to Holders by first-class mail at their respective addresses as they appear on the records of the
Registrar, unless stated otherwise in the register kept by, and at the registered office of the Issuer. 
 Notices given by publication will
be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made. Notices delivered to the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream will be deemed given on the date when delivered. Notices given by first class mail, postage paid, will be deemed given
five calendar days after mailing whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the
manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Issuer mails a
notice or communication to Holders or delivers a notice or communication to holders of Book-Entry Interests, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

Section 14.02 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b), as if this Indenture were required to be qualified under the TIA, with other Holders with
respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 Section 14.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the
statements set forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set
forth in Section 14.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

  
 131 

 Section 14.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has
made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

Section 14.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 14.06 Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities. 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York,
Borough of Manhattan; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in
any such suit, action or proceeding. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors has appointed Rhône Group LLC, 630 Fifth Avenue, Suite 2710, New York, New York 10011, USA as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit,
action or proceeding which may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “Authorized Agent”). The Issuer and each of the Guarantors expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and
waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury. Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The
Issuer and each of the Guarantors agree that, should Rhône Group LLC and its affiliates, collectively, cease to own or control directly or indirectly at least 25% of the voting interests of the Company, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors
will as soon as reasonably practicable replace Rhône Group LLC with another authorized agent located in New York. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for
service of process, and the Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon
the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuer shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer and any Guarantor. 

  
 132 

 Section 14.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under applicable securities laws. 

Section 14.08 Governing Law. 
 THE
INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 Section 14.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 14.10 Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will
bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof. 

Section 14.11 Severability. 
 In case
any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 14.12 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. 
 Section 14.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 14.14 Judgment Currency. 

Any amount received or recovered in respect of the Notes or the Note Guarantees in a currency other than U.S. dollars in respect of the Dollar
Notes or euro in respect of the Euro Notes (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, the Parent, any Subsidiary or otherwise) by the Trustee
or 

  
 133 

 
a Holder of the Notes in respect of any sum expressed to be due to such Holder from the Issuer or any Guarantor of the Notes will constitute a discharge of their obligation only to the extent of
the U.S. dollar or euro amount, as applicable, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in such other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not possible to make that purchase on that
date, on the first date on which it is possible to do so). If the U.S. dollar or euro amount, as applicable, to be recovered is less than the U.S. dollar or euro amount, as applicable, expressed to be due to the recipient under any Dollar Note or
Euro Note, as applicable, the Issuer and each Guarantor of the Notes shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any further purchase of U.S. dollars or euro, as applicable, in an amount equal to such difference.
These indemnities, to the extent permitted by law: 
 (a) constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuer’s and each
Guarantor’s other obligations; 
 (b) give rise to a separate and independent cause of action; 

(c) apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder of a Note or the Trustee from time to time; and 

(d) will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due
under any Note or any other judgment or order. 
 Section 14.15 Prescription. 

Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten
years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment of interest. 

Section 14.16 Additional Information. 

Upon written request by any Holder or a holder of a Book-Entry Interest to the Issuer at the address set forth in Section 14.01, the
Issuer will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, to such Holder or holder (at the expense of the Issuer) a copy of this Indenture, the form of Note, the Escrow Documents, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any
Additional Intercreditor Agreement. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 134 

 SIGNATURES 

 

			
	Dated as of June 22, 2011
	
	 KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH,
 as the
Issuer

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 KINOVE LUXEMBOURG HOLDINGS 2 S.À R.L.,

as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 KINOVE GERMAN HOLDINGS GMBH,
 as
Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 KINOVE GERMAN BIDCO GMBH,
 as
Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 
			
	DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH,
 as
Principal Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.,
 as
Registrar, Luxembourg Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 
			
	DEUTSCHE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATE SERVICES (IRELAND) LIMITED,
	as Irish Paying Agent
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as U.S. Transfer Agent, U.S. Paying Agent and U.S. Registrar

		
	By:	 	DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 UBS LIMITED,
 as Security
Agent

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 EXHIBIT A-1 

[Form of Face of Euro Note] 

 
 THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF
ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED THIS NOTE TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF
REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY [RULE 144] [REGULATION S] UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH
THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, A GUARANTOR OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT, OR ANY PERSON ACTING ON ITS BEHALF, REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR
ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE
PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS
AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) AND (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION
AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE
AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
 THIS GLOBAL
NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE
TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY
BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE. 

  
 A-1 

 Common Code              

ISIN              

10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 
  

			
	No.        	 	€            

 KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH 

promises to pay to                      or registered
assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                                         EUROS or
such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note on June 15, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates:
June 15 and December 15 
 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly
authorized officers referred to below. 
  

			
	KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

	
	 This is one of the Notes referred to
 in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

 DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A., not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Euro Authenticating Agent appointed by the
Trustee, DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED 
  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated:
                    , 2011 

  
 A-4 

 [Back of Euro Note] 

 
 10.000% Senior Secured Notes due
2018 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 (1) INTEREST. KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the
Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10.000% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and
December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2011. The Issuer will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer
will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after
such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, through the
Paying Agents as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that
payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire
transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in euro. 
 (3) PAYING
AGENT, REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch will act as Principal Paying Agent and as a Transfer Agent, Deutsche Bank
Luxembourg S.A. will act as Luxembourg Registrar, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as U.S. Registrar, and Deutsche International Corporate Services (Ireland) Limited will act as Irish Paying Agent for so long as the Notes are admitted
to trading on the Global Exchange Market and listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the Irish Stock Exchange so require. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Principal Paying Agent,
Irish Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent. 
 (4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of June 22, 2011 (the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as the Trustee, and UBS Limited as Security Agent. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture,
and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

  
 A-5 

 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Euro Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 110.000% of the principal amount of the Euro Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering of (i) the Parent
or (ii) any Parent Holdco of the Parent to the extent the proceeds from such Equity Offering are contributed to the Issuer’s common equity capital or are paid to the Issuer as consideration for the issuance of ordinary shares of the
Issuer; provided that: 
 (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes originally issued under the
Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(B) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may during each 12-month period commencing with the Issue Date redeem
up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes at its option, from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Euro Notes
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

(c) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Euro Notes
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the
date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(d) Except pursuant to subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5 and pursuant to Paragraph 6 and Paragraph
7, the Euro Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to June 15, 2014. 
 (e) On or after
June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Euro Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Euro Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the
rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2014
	  	 	107.500	% 
	 2015
	  	 	105.000	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.500	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A-6 

 Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of
the Indenture shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. Any redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 

(6) REDEMPTION FOR CHANGES IN TAXES. 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.02 and Section 3.03 of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax
Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next
date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts (but in the case of the relevant Guarantor, only if such amount payable
cannot be paid by the Issuer or another Guarantor who can pay such amount without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available,
and the requirement arises as a result of: 
  

	 	(1)	any amendment to, or change in, the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment is publicly and formally proposed and becomes effective on or after
the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of the Offering Memorandum, such later date); or 

 

	 	(2)	any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment, order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change
in published administrative practice) which amendment or change is publicly and formally proposed and becomes effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after
the date of the Offering Memorandum, such later date). 

 The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than
60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in
effect at the time such notice is given. Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel (the
choice of such counsel to be subject to the prior written approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) to the effect that there has been such amendment or change which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the Notes
hereunder. In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional
Amounts by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it. 

  
 A-7 

 The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on such Officer’s Certificate and
Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders. 

(7) SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 

In the event that (a) the Completion Date does not take place, (b) the Equity Investors cease to beneficially own and control,
directly or indirectly, (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer or (ii) at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Issuer, (c) the Acquisition Agreement terminates, (d) there
occurs a repudiation by the Issuer of any of its obligations under the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge or the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge becomes unenforceable against the Issuer or any of its other creditors for any reason or
(e) a Default arises under clauses (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture with respect to any of the Issuer or the Initial Guarantors, in each case, on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being
the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuer will redeem all of the Euro Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the initial
issue price of the Euro Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date). 
 Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuer, no later than one Business
Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, and will provide that the Euro Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the ninth Business Day after such notice is given (the “Special Mandatory
Redemption Date”) in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Principal Paying Agent for payment to each holder of Euro Notes the Special Mandatory
Redemption Price for such holder’s Euro Notes and, concurrently with the payment to such holders, deliver any excess Escrowed Property (if any) to the Issuer. 

No provisions of the Escrow Agreement (including, without limitation, those relating to the release of the Escrowed Property) and, to the
extent such provisions relate to the Issuer’s obligation to redeem the Euro Notes in a Special Mandatory Redemption, the Indenture, may be waived or modified in any manner materially adverse to the holders of the Euro Notes without the consent
of at least 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes affected thereby. 
 (8) MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. Except as required pursuant to Paragraph (7) above, the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF
HOLDER. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer will make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Euro Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Euro Notes repurchased to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights
of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of
Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 

  
 A-8 

 (b) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as
provided and within the time period set forth in the Indenture will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds €25.0 million, within ten Business Days thereof, the Issuer will make an Asset
Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and may make an offer to all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantees to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari
passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer
price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those
Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into (or to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds or if the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to a Notes Offer exceeds the amount of the Net Proceeds so applied, the Issuer will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, if
applicable, to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or in the manner described in Section 3.02 of the Indenture), based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess
Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 (10) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 30
days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices
may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. 

(11) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form
without coupons attached in denominations of €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may
require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (12)
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

(13) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain
exceptions (including the exceptions contained in Section 9.02 of the Indenture), the Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.10, Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 thereof), the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security
Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single
class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of
Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or
compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that, if any amendment,
supplement or waiver will only affect the Euro Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Euro Notes shall be required. In certain circumstances, the Indenture, the Notes or the Notes
Guarantees may be amended or supplemented without the consent of any Holder, including to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency. 

  
 A-9 

 (14) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.
Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due
and payable immediately. In the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (9), (10) and (11) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. 

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature
of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent. 
 (16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used
in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act). 
 (17) ISIN AND COMMON CODE NUMBERS.
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and Common Code numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and Common Code numbers in notices
of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon. 
 (18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE,
THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of Note, the Security
Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Kinove German Bondco GmbH 

Blitzstart Holding AG, 
 Bavariaring 29, 

80336 Munich, 
 Germany 

Facsimile No.: + 44 207 761 1111 
 Attention: Lucas Flynn 

  
 A-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	
	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

	to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  

			
	Date:	 	 

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	 

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate
box below: 
 ¬Section
4.10                    ¬Section 4.15 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof): 
  

			
	€	 	

  

			
	Date:	 	  

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 
			
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	 

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part
of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	Date of Exchange	 	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	 	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
of
this Global Note	 	Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease
(or increase)	 	Signature of authorized
officer of Registrar or
Principal Paying Agent
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  
 A-13 

 EXHIBIT A-2 

[Form of Face of Dollar Note] 

 
 THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT), (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF
ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED THIS NOTE TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF
REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY [RULE 144] [REGULATION S] UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH
THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, A GUARANTOR OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT, OR ANY PERSON ACTING ON ITS BEHALF, REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR
ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE
PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND TO COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS
AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) AND (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION
AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE
AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 

  
 A-14 

 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN
CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE,
(2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, AND (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE. 

  
 A-15 

	
	Common Code            
	CUSIP            
	ISIN            

 9.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 

 

			
	No.             	  	$            

 KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH 

promises to pay to                      or registered
assigns, 
 the principal sum of
                                         DOLLARS
or such greater or lesser amount as indicated in the schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note on June 15, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates:
June 15 and December 15 
 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 

  
 A-16 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by the duly
authorized officers referred to below. 
  

			
	KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 This is one of the Notes referred to 

in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as U.S. Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee, DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY
LIMITED

  

			
	By:	 	DEUTSCHE BANK NATIONAL TRUST COMPANY
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated:
                    , 2011 

  
 A-17 

 [Back of Dollar Note] 

 
 9.625% Senior Secured Notes due
2018 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 (1) INTEREST. KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the
Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9.625% per annum. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and
December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be
                    . The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal
and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Amounts (without regard to
any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such
Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, through the Paying Agents as provided in the
Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Amounts, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer
or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be made in euro. 
 (3) PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR
AND TRANSFER AGENT. Initially, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch will act as Principal Paying Agent, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent and Luxembourg
Registrar, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as U.S. Registrar, and Deutsche International Corporate Services (Ireland) Limited will act as Irish Paying Agent for so long as the Notes are admitted to trading on the Global Exchange Market and
listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the Irish Stock Exchange so require. Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Principal Paying Agent, Irish Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer
Agent. 
 (4) INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 22, 2011
(the “Indenture”) between, among others, the Issuer, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as the Trustee, and UBS Limited as Security Agent. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a
statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

  
 A-18 

 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Dollar Notes issued under the Indenture, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 109.625% of the principal amount of the Dollar Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering of (i) the Parent
or (ii) any Parent Holdco of the Parent to the extent the proceeds from such Equity Offering are contributed to the Issuer’s common equity capital or are paid to the Issuer as consideration for the issuance of ordinary shares of the
Issuer; provided that: 
 (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes originally issued under
the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(B) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may during each 12-month period commencing with the Issue Date redeem
up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes at its option, from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Dollar Notes
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

(c) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Dollar
Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to
the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(d) Except pursuant to subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5 and pursuant to Paragraph 6 and Paragraph
7, the Dollar Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to June 15, 2014. 
 (e) On or after
June 15, 2014, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Dollar Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Dollar Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below, subject to
the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2014
	  	 	107.219	% 
	 2015
	  	 	104.813	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.406	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A-19 

 Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of
the Indenture shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. Any redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. 

(6) REDEMPTION FOR CHANGES IN TAXES. 

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.02 and Section 3.03 of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax
Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next
date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts (but in the case of the relevant Guarantor, only if such amount payable
cannot be paid by the Issuer or another Guarantor who can pay such amount without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts), and the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available,
and the requirement arises as a result of: 
  

	 	(1)	any amendment to, or change in, the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment is publicly and formally proposed and becomes effective on or after
the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the date of the Offering Memorandum, such later date); or 

 

	 	(2)	any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment, order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change
in published administrative practice) which amendment or change is publicly and formally proposed and becomes effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after
the date of the Offering Memorandum, such later date). 

 The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than
60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in
effect at the time such notice is given. Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel (the
choice of such counsel to be subject to the prior written approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)) to the effect that there has been such amendment or change which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the Notes
hereunder. In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional
Amounts by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it. 

  
 A-20 

 The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to rely on such Officer’s Certificate and
Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders. 

(7) SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 

In the event that (a) the Completion Date does not take place, (b) the Equity Investors cease to beneficially own and control,
directly or indirectly, (i) 100% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer or (ii) at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Issuer, (c) the Acquisition Agreement terminates, (d) there
occurs a repudiation by the Issuer of any of its obligations under the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge or the Escrow Agreement or the Escrow Charge becomes unenforceable against the Issuer or any of its other creditors for any reason or
(e) a Default arises under clauses (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture with respect to any of the Issuer or the Initial Guarantors, in each case, on or prior to the Escrow Longstop Date (the date of any such event being
the “Special Termination Date”), the Issuer will redeem all of the Dollar Notes (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) at a price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the
initial issue price of the Dollar Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, from the Issue Date to the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption will be delivered by the Issuer, no later
than one Business Day following the Special Termination Date, to the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, and will provide that the Dollar Notes shall be redeemed on a date that is no later than the ninth Business Day after such notice is given (the
“Special Mandatory Redemption Date”) in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the Principal Paying Agent for payment to each holder of Dollar Notes
the Special Mandatory Redemption Price for such holder’s Dollar Notes and, concurrently with the payment to such holders, deliver any excess Escrowed Property (if any) to the Issuer. 

No provisions of the Escrow Agreement (including, without limitation, those relating to the release of the Escrowed Property) and, to the
extent such provisions relate to the Issuer’s obligation to redeem the Dollar Notes in a Special Mandatory Redemption, the Indenture, may be waived or modified in any manner materially adverse to the holders of the Notes without the consent of
at least 90% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes affected thereby. 
 (8) MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. Except as required pursuant to Paragraph (7) above, the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

(9) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to
each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to U.S.$200,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Dollar Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Dollar Notes repurchased to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

  
 A-21 

 (b) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as
provided and within the time period set forth in the Indenture will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds €25.0 million, within ten Business Days thereof, the Issuer will make an Asset
Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and may make an offer to all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantees to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari
passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer
price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those
Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into (or to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds or if the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to a Notes Offer exceeds the amount of the Net Proceeds so applied, the Issuer will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, if
applicable, to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or in the manner described in Section 3.02 of the Indenture), based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess
Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 (10) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption
notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture.  

(11) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered
form without coupons attached in denominations of U.S.$200,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee
may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or
register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 

(12) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated
as the owner of it for all purposes. 
 (13) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND
WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions (including the exceptions contained in Section 9.02 of the Indenture), the Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.10, Section 4.10 and
Section 4.15 thereof), the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to
Section 6.04 and Section 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, the
Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional
Intercreditor Agreement may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes 

  
 A-22 

 
voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that, if any amendment,
supplement or waiver will only affect the Dollar Notes, only the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Dollar Notes shall be required. In certain circumstances, the Indenture, the Notes or the
Notes Guarantees may be amended or supplemented without the consent of any Holder, including to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency. 

(14) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Except as set forth in Section 6.02 of the
Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. In the case of an Event
of Default specified in clauses (9), (10) and (11) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and/or security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. 

(15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile
signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent. 
 (16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian),
and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (17) ISIN AND CUSIP.
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused ISIN and CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use ISIN and CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption
as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed
thereon. 
 (18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE
INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture, the form of Note, the Security
Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intercreditor Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Kinove German Bondco GmbH 

Blitzstart Holding AG, 
 Bavariaring 29, 

80336 Munich, 
 Germany 

Facsimile No.: + 44 207 761 1111 
 Attention: Lucas Flynn 

  
 A-23 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	  	  

		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

 
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  

			
	 and irrevocably appoint
	  	  

 to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for
him. 
  

			
	Date:	 	 

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	 

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-24 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate
box below: 
 ¬Section
4.10                    ¬Section 4.15 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of U.S.$200,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof): 

U.S.$             
  

			
	 Date:
	 	  

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 
			
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee*:	 	 

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-25 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part
of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	Date of Exchange	 	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount 
of 
this Global Note	 	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount 
of 
this Global Note	 	Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease 
(or increase)	 	Signature of authorized
officer of Registrar or
Principal Paying Agent
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  
 A-26 

 EXHIBIT B-1 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR EURO NOTES 

[Issuer address block] 
 [Registrar address block]

  

	 	Re:	€355,000,000 10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 of Kinove German Bondco GmbH. 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 2011 (the “Indenture”), between, among others, Kinove
German Bondco GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as Trustee and UBS Limited as Security Agent.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of €            in such
Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A
hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Rule 144A
Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor or any person acting on its behalf
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion,
and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state or territory of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule
144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 2.
 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and
(x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) for
purposes of (1) a transaction executed pursuant to Rule 903, the transaction was executed in, on or through a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States, or (2) a
transaction executed pursuant to Rule 904, the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and such Transferor or any person acting on its behalf does not know that the transaction was
prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling 

  
 B-1-1 

 
efforts have been made in connection with the Transfer in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being effected prior to the expiration of a Restricted Period, the transferee is not a U.S. Person, or
for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a distributor), as such term is defined pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act, and will take delivery only as a Book-Entry Interest so transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or
Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made
for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 
  

			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	Dated:	 	  

  
 B-1-2 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (ISIN 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

(a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (ISIN ). 

 in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-1-3 

 EXHIBIT B-2 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER FOR DOLLAR NOTES 

[Issuer address block] 
 [Registrar address block]

  

	 	Re:	U.S.$350,000,000 9.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 of Kinove German Bondco GmbH. 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 2011 (the “Indenture”), between, among others, Kinove
German Bondco GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as Trustee and UBS Limited as Security Agent.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of U.S.$        in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with
the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Rule 144A
Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor or any person acting on its behalf
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion,
and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state or territory of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or the Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule
144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 2.
 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the
time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) for purposes of
(1) a transaction executed pursuant to Rule 903, the transaction was executed in, on or through a physical trading floor of an established foreign securities exchange that is located outside the United States, or (2) a transaction executed
pursuant to Rule 904, the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and such Transferor or any person acting on its behalf does not know that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in
the United States, (ii) no directed selling 

  
 B-2-1 

 
efforts have been made in connection with the Transfer in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being effected prior to the expiration of a Restricted Period, the transferee is not a U.S. Person, or
for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a distributor),as such term is defined pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities Act, and will take delivery only as a Book-Entry Interest so transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon
consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Book-Entry Interest or Definitive Registered Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Registered Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Registered Note pursuant to any provision of the U.S. Securities Act other than Rule 144A
or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Book-Entry Interests in Global Notes and Definitive Registered Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are
made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 
  

			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	Dated:	 	  

  
 B-2-2 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 (b)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ). 

 

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

(a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ). 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-2-3 

 EXHIBIT C-1 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR EURO NOTES 

[Issuer address block] 
 [Registrar address block]

  

	 	Re:	€355,000,000 10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 of Kinove German Bondco GmbH. 

(ISIN            ; Common Code
            ) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
June 22, 2011 (the “Indenture”), between, among others, Kinove German Bondco GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party
thereto, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as Trustee and UBS Limited as Security Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of €        in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1.
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for
Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act. 
 2.
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry
Interest in a Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be
subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 
  

			
		 	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	Dated:	 	  

  
 C-1-1 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR EURO NOTES 

 

	1.	The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 

(a)  ̈ a Book-Entry Interest held through Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.
            in the: 
  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (ISIN            ), or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Registered Note. 

 

	2.	After the Exchange the Owner will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

(a)  ̈ a Book-Entry Interest held through Euroclear/Clearstream Account No.
            in the: 
  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (ISIN             ), or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Registered Note. 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 C-1-2 

 EXHIBIT C-2 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR DOLLAR NOTES 

[Issuer address block] 
 [Registrar address block]

  

	 	Re:	U.S.$350,000,000 9.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 of Kinove German Bondco GmbH. 

(CUSIP            ; ISIN             )

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 22, 2011 (the “Indenture”), between, among others,
Kinove German Bondco GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as Trustee and UBS Limited as Security
Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of U.S.$        in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1.
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for Definitive Registered Notes. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note for
Definitive Registered Notes in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Definitive Registered Notes are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Definitive Registered Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
will be subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act. 
 2.
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Definitive Registered Notes for Book-Entry
Interest in a Global Note in an equal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that such Book-Entry Interest in a Global Note are being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. The Book-Entry Interests transferred in exchange will be
subject to restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the U.S. Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 
  

			
		 	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	Dated:	 	  

  
 C-2-1 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE FOR DOLLAR NOTES 

 

	1.	The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 

(a)  ̈ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC Account No.
            in the: 
  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ), or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Registered Note. 

 

	2.	After the Exchange the Owner will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 

(a)  ̈ a Book-Entry Interest held through DTC Account No.
            in the: 
  

	 	(i)	 ̈ Rule 144A Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP]/[ISIN]             ), or 

(b)  ̈ a Definitive Registered Note. 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 C-2-2 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE 

This solvency certificate (this “Certificate”) is delivered by Kinove German Holdings GmbH (the “Company”)
in connection with the Indenture dated as of June 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”) (undefined capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth
in the Indenture) among Kinove German Bondco GmbH, the Company, the Guarantors, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as Trustee, UBS Limited as Security Agent and the other parties thereto. 

I hereby certify as follows in my capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and not individually: 

1. I am, and at all pertinent times mentioned herein, have been the duly qualified and acting Chief Financial Officer of the Company. In such
capacity I have responsibility for the overall management of the financial affairs of the Company and the preparation of the financial statements of the Company. I am familiar with the properties, business, assets and liabilities of the Company and
their business plans for the foreseeable future. I am authorized to execute this Certificate on behalf of the Company. 
 2. I have
carefully reviewed the contents of this Certificate, and I have conferred with counsel for the Company for the purpose of discussing the meaning of its contents. 

3. In connection with the preparation of this Certificate, I have made such investigations and inquiries as I deem necessary and reasonably
prudent therefor and to accurately make the certifications expressed herein. Specifically, I have relied on historical information, revenues, expenses and other data supplied by the Company’s supervisory personnel directly responsible for the
various functions involved. The financial information and assumptions which underlie and form the basis for the representations made in this Certificate were reasonable when made and continue to be reasonable as of the date hereof. 

4. To the best of my knowledge, as of the date hereof: (a) the Company has not been served with any summons or other notice in respect of
any litigation or other proceeding pending or threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its properties or assets, which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a materially adverse effect on the businesses, operations,
properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company; (b) the Company is not in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction, decree, or demand of any court or other governmental or regulatory authority by which the
Company is currently bound; (c) has not initiated or been given notice of the commencement of any formal insolvency process. 
 Based
on the foregoing, on behalf of the Company, I have reached the following conclusions: 
 (A) As of the date hereof, after the incurrence of
the Permitted Collateral Lien, the Company is Solvent. For purposes hereof, “Solvent” shall mean: 
 (i) the fair value of the
assets of the Company are in excess of the total amount of its debts (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances now existing, represents the amount that can
reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability); and 
 (ii) the present fair salable value of the assets of
the Company is greater than its probable total liability on its existing debts as such debts become absolute and matured. 

  
 D-1 

 (B) The Company is not subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, voluntary or judicial liquidation,
composition with creditors, reprieve from payment, controlled management, claims of fraudulent conveyance that would reasonably be expected to result in a judgment that the Company would be unable to satisfy, general settlement with creditors,
reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (C) The Company is not, on the date hereof and will, as a
result of its incurrence of the Permitted Collateral Lien, not be in a state of cessation of payments. 
 (D) No application has been made
or petition presented or resolution passed by the Company or, as far as the Company is aware, by any other person for the appointment of an administrator, liquidator or similar officer pursuant to any insolvency or similar proceedings. 

(E) No application has been made or petition presented or resolution passed by the Company or, so far as the Company is aware, any other
person for an administration, voluntary winding-up or liquidation nor has any judicial winding-up or liquidation been commenced or initiated against the Company. 

“Fair salable value” means the amount that could be obtained for assets within a reasonable time, either through collection or
through sale under ordinary selling conditions by a capable and diligent seller to an interested buyer who is willing (but under no compulsion) to purchase. 

5. In reaching the conclusions set forth in this Certificate the undersigned has considered, among other things: 

(A) the fair salable value of the real property, equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, customer lists, supply contracts, joint venture
interests, and all other property of the Company, real, personal and mixed, tangible and intangible; 
 (B) all indebtedness of the Company
known to the undersigned and among other things, any claims arising out of pending or threatened litigation against the Company; 
 (C)
historical and anticipated growth in the sales volume of the Company; 
 (D) the customary terms of trade payables of the Company; 

(E) other financial information available and known to the undersigned relating to any matters addressed herein; and 

(F) all of the documents relating to Credit Facilities. 

None of the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries intends, in incurring the Permitted Collateral Lien or in incurring (by way of assumption or
otherwise) any related obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise), to disturb, delay, hinder or defraud either present or future creditors or other Persons to which the Company, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries is or are intended to
become, on or after the date hereon, indebted. 

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                    , among                     ,
a company organized and existing under the laws of                     (the “Subsequent Guarantor”), Kinove German Bondco GmbH (or
its permitted successor), a limited liability company organized under the laws of Federal Republic of Germany (the “Issuer”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein), Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as
the Trustee and UBS Limited as the Security Agent. 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of
June 22, 2011 providing for the issuance of €355,000,000 10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Euro Notes”) and U.S.$350,000,000 9.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Dollar Notes” and, together
with the Euro Notes, the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Subsequent Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsequent Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and
conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the
Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Security Agent are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsequent Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Subsequent
Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof. 

3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. (a) To evidence its Guarantee, the Subsequent Guarantor hereby
agrees that a notation of such Guarantee shall be endorsed by an Officer of the Subsequent Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by or on behalf of the Trustee and that this Supplemental Indenture shall be executed on behalf of the
Subsequent Guarantor by one of its Directors or Officers. 
 (b) The Subsequent Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
 (c) If an Officer or a duly
authorized signatory pursuant to a board resolution or power of attorney whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee procures the authentication of the Note on which a
Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 (d) Upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the delivery of any
Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Subsequent Guarantor. 

  
 E-1 

 4. RELEASES. Each Note Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally
released and discharged in accordance with Section 11.05 of this Indenture. 
 5. NO RECOURSE
AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Issuer or of any Subsequent Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the
Issuer or any Subsequent Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

6. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

7. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 8. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The
Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 9. THE
TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are
made solely by the Subsequent Guarantor and the Issuer. 

  
 E-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  

							
	Dated:                     ,	 		 	
			
		 		 	[SUBSEQUENT GUARANTOR]
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:
			
		 		 	 KINOVE GERMAN BONDCO GMBH,
 as the
Issuer

				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:
			
		 		 	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:
			
		 		 	 DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED,

as Trustee

				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Authorized Signatory
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Authorized Signatory
			
		 		 	 UBS LIMITED,
 as Security
Agent

				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

  
 E-3 

 EXHIBIT F 

AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES 

Terms used in this Exhibit F shall, if not otherwise defined herein, have the meaning given to them in this Indenture. 

 

	1.	Security Principles 

 The Liens to be provided will be given in accordance with the
Agreed Security Principles set out in this Exhibit F. This Exhibit F addresses the manner in which the Agreed Security Principles will impact on the Liens proposed to be taken in relation to this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees. 

The Agreed Security Principles embody recognition by all parties that there may be certain legal and practical difficulties in obtaining Liens
from the Obligors in every jurisdiction in which the Obligors are located. In particular: 
 (i) general statutory limitations, financial
assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference, “thin capitalisation” rules, retention of title claims and similar principles may limit the ability of a member of the Group to provide Liens or may require that the Liens be limited by
an amount or otherwise; the Parent will use reasonable endeavours to assist in demonstrating that adequate corporate benefit accrues to each of the Carbon Black Subsidiaries and each Obligor and to overcome any such other limitations to the extent
reasonably practicable; 
 (ii) the Liens and extent of its perfection will be agreed taking into account the cost to the Group of providing
Liens so as to ensure that it is proportionate to the benefit accrues to the Holders, the Trustee and the Security Agent; 
 (iii) any
assets subject to third party arrangements which are permitted by this Indenture, the Notes Finance Documents, and which prevent those assets from being charged will be excluded from any relevant security document provided that reasonable endeavours
to obtain consent to charging any such assets shall be used by the Obligors if the relevant asset is material; 
 (iv) members of the Group
will not be required to enter into security documents to the extent it is not within the legal capacity of the relevant members of the Group, it results in the security document being null and void or of the same if it would conflict with the
fiduciary duties of their directors or contravene any legal or regulatory prohibition or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer provided that the relevant Group member shall use reasonable endeavours to
overcome any such obstacle; 
 (v) perfection of Liens, when required, and other legal formalities will be completed as soon as practicable
and, in any event, within the time periods specified in the Notes Finance Documents therefore or (if earlier or to the extent no such time periods are specified in the Notes Finance Documents) within the time periods specified by applicable law in
order to ensure due perfection. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and/or acceleration notice being served the perfection of Liens granted will not be required if it would have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability
of the relevant Obligor to conduct its operations and business in the ordinary course or as otherwise permitted by the Notes Finance Documents (including, without limitation, notification of receivables Liens to third party debtors). The
registration of Liens in intellectual property will only be in respect of material intellectual property in jurisdictions to be agreed; 

(vi) unless granted under a global security document governed by the law of the jurisdiction of an Obligor or under English law all Liens
(other than Capital Stock Liens over its Guarantor company subsidiaries) shall be governed by the law of and secure assets located in the jurisdiction of incorporation of that Obligor; 

  
 F-1 

 (vii) no perfection action will be required in jurisdictions where Obligors are not incorporated
but perfection action may be required in the jurisdiction of incorporation of one Obligor in relation to Liens granted by another Obligor incorporated in a different jurisdiction; 

(viii) other than a general security agreement and related filing (or filings in connection with real estate collateral pursuant to paragraph
12 of this Exhibit F), no perfection action will be required with respect to assets of a type not owned by members of the Group; and 
 (ix)
the Parent shall be responsible for costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Notes Finance Parties and the Group (including all legal expenses, disbursements, registration costs and all taxes, duties and fees (notarial or otherwise) in respect
of Collateral) subject to the agreed Liens costs cap (if any). 
 The Security Agent or the Notes Finance Parties, as the case may be, shall
promptly release any Liens which is or are subject to any legal or regulatory prohibition as is referred to in paragraph (iv) above. 
  

	2.	Collateral 

 The Security Documents will secure the Note Guarantees of the relevant
security provider (being, in the case of a Korean Guarantor, its Korean Obligations) or, if such Lien is provided on a third party basis, all liabilities of the Obligors under the Notes Finance Documents, in each case in accordance with, and subject
to, the requirements of the Agreed Security Principles in each relevant jurisdiction. 
 Where an Obligor pledges Capital Stock, the
security document will be governed by the laws of the company whose Capital Stock is being pledged and not by the law of the country of the pledgor. Subject to these principles, the Capital Stock in each Guarantor shall be secured as well as the
Capital Stock in the Parent. 
 To the extent legally effective, all Liens shall be given in favour of the Security Agent and not the Notes
Finance Parties individually. “Parallel debt” provisions will be used where necessary; such provisions will be contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and not the individual security documents unless required under local laws. 

 

	3.	Terms of Security Documents 

 (a) The following principles will be reflected in the terms
of any Liens for the Notes and the Note Guarantees: 
 (i) the Lien will be first ranking, to the extent possible; 

(ii) Liens can only be enforced by the Security Agent acting upon the instructions of an Instructing Group (as defined in the
Intercreditor Agreement); 
 (iii) Liens will not be enforceable until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing
and in respect of which a notice of acceleration bas been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

(iv) the Security Agent shall only be able to exercise a power of attorney following the occurrence of an Event of Default
which is continuing and in respect of which a notice of an acceleration has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or if the relevant Obligor has failed to comply with a further assurance or perfection obligation
(and any grace period applicable thereto has expired); 

  
 F-2 

 (v) the provisions of each Security Document will not be unduly burdensome on the
Obligor or interfere unreasonably with the operation of its business, will be limited to those required by local law to create or perfect, ensure the priority of, protect or maintain Liens and will not impose commercial obligations; 

(vi) in the Security Documents there will be no repetition or extension of clauses set out in this Indenture (or the
Intercreditor Agreement or any Additional Intecreditor Agreement) such as those relating to notices, cost and expenses, indemnities, tax gross up, distribution of proceeds and release of Lines; representations and undertakings shall be included in
the Security Documents only to the extent relating to title or required by local law or local market practice in order to create, perfect, ensure the priority of, protect or maintain the Liens expressed to be created thereby; 

(b) information, such as lists of assets, receivables, insurances, will be provided if and only to the extent, required by local law or local
market practice to be provided to perfect or register the Lien and, when required, shall be provided annually (unless required more frequently under local law or local market practice) or following an Event of Default which is outstanding, on the
Security Agent’s reasonable request; and 
 (i) Liens will, where possible and practical, automatically create Liens
over future assets of the same type as those already secured; where local law requires supplemental pledges to be delivered in respect of future acquired assets in order for effective Lien to be created over that class of asset, such supplemental
pledges shall be provided at intervals no more frequent than six months (unless required more frequently under local law or while an Event of Default is continuing). 
  

	4.	Acquisition Documents and claim 

 Rights of the Group companies under the Acquisition
Agreement shall be assigned or charged. 
 If required by local law to perfect or protect the Lien, notice of the assignment or charge will
be served on the relevant counterparty within five Business Days of the Lien being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice with 20 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its
reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement, its obligation to obtain acknowledgement shall cease on the expiry of that 20 Business Day period. 
  

	5.	Bank accounts 

 If an Obligor grants a Lien over its material bank accounts it shall be
free to deal with those accounts (other than mandatory prepayment accounts and any other accounts which are specifically blocked) in the course of its business until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and in respect of which a notice
of acceleration has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 If required by local law to perfect the
Lien, notice of the Lien or a form of account control agreement will be served on the account bank within five Business Days of the Lien being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice or
acceptance of such account control agreement with 20 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance, its obligation to obtain acknowledgement or acceptance
shall cease on the expiry of that 20 Business Day period. Irrespective of whether notice of the Lien is required for perfection, if the service of notice would prevent the Obligor from using a bank account in the course of its business no notice of
Lien shall be served until the occurrence of an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and in respect of which a notice of acceleration has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 F-3 

 Any Lien over bank accounts shall be subject to any prior Liens in favor of the account bank
which are created either by law or in the standard terms and conditions of the account bank. The notice of Lien may request these are waived by the account bank but the Obligor shall not be required to change its banking arrangements if these Liens
are not waived or only partially waived. 
 If required under local law Liens over bank accounts will be registered subject to the general
principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles. 
  

	6.	Fixed Assets 

 If a Guarantor grants a Lien over its material fixed assets it shall be
free to deal with those assets in the ordinary course of its business until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and in respect of which a notice of acceleration has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture. 
 No notice whether to third parties or by attaching a notice to the fixed assets shall be prepared or given until an Event of
Default has occurred which is continuing and in respect of which a notice of acceleration has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

If required under local law, Liens over fixed assets will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security
Principles. 
  

	7.	Insurance policies 

 An Obligor may grant a Lien over its insurance policies in respect
of which claim under may be mandatorily prepaid. 
 If required by local law to perfect or protect the Lien, notice of the Lien will be
served on the insurance provider within five Business Days of the Lien being granted and the Obligor shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement of that notice within 20 Business Days of service. If the Obligor has used its
reasonable endeavours but has not been able to obtain acknowledgement, its obligation shall cease on the expiry of that 20 Business Day period. 

No loss payee or other endorsement shall be made on the insurance policy unless required by local law to create or perfect the relevant Lien.

  

	8.	Intellectual Property 

 If an Obligor grants a Lien over its material intellectual
property it shall be free to deal with those assets in the ordinary course of its business (including, without limitation, allowing its intellectual property to lapse if no longer material to its business) until an Event of Default has occurred
which is continuing and in respect of which a notice of acceleration has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

No Lien shall be granted over any intellectual property which cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant licensing agreement. Unless
required by local law to create, perfect or protect the relevant Lien, no notice shall be prepared or given to any third party from whom intellectual property is licensed until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and notice of
acceleration in connection thereof has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 F-4 

 If required under local law, a Lien over material intellectual property will be registered under
the law of that security document or at a relevant supra-national registry (such as the E.U.) subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed Security Principles. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any intellectual property
registered in the United States, recordation form cover sheets attaching short-form security agreements will be filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or US Copyright Office, as applicable. 

 

	9.	Intercompany receivables 

 If an Obligor grants a Lien over its material intercompany
receivables it shall be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and notice of acceleration in connection thereof has been given by the Trustee in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture. 
 If required by local law to perfect or protect the Lien, notice of the Lien will be served on the relevant
debtor within five Business Days of the Lien being granted and the Obligor obtains an acknowledgement of that notice within 20 Business Days of service. 

If required under local law, a Lien over intercompany receivables will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed
Security Principles. 
  

	10.	Trade receivables 

 If an Obligor grants a Lien over its material trade receivables it
shall be free to deal with those receivables in the course of its business until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and notice of acceleration in connection thereof has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture. 
 Unless required by local law to create or perfect the relevant Lien, no notice of a Lien may be prepared or served until the
occurrence of an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and notice of acceleration in connection thereof has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

No Lien will be granted over any trade receivables which cannot be secured under the terms of the relevant contract. 

If required under local law, a Lien over trade receivables will be registered subject to the general principles set out in these Agreed
Security Principles. 
 Any list of trade receivables required shall not include details of the underlying contracts unless required by
local law or local market practice. 
  

	11.	Capital Stock 

 (a) Until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing and notice
of acceleration in connection therewith has been given by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the charging Obligor will be permitted to retain and to exercise voting rights appertaining to any Capital Stock charged by it, and
the company whose Capital Stock have been charged will be permitted to pay dividends upstream on pledged Capital Stock to the extent permitted under the Notes Finance Documents with the proceeds to be available to the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

 (b) Where customary, on, or as soon as reasonably practicable following execution of the Capital Stock charge, the Capital Stock
certificate and a stock transfer form executed in blank will be provided to the Security Agent (subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) below, in respect of the Capital Stock certificates of the South African JV and/or any other entity
incorporated in the Republic of South Africa) and where required by law the Capital Stock certificate or shareholders’ register will be endorsed or written up and the endorsed Capital Stock certificate or a copy of the written up register
provided to the Security Agent. 

  
 F-5 

 (c) Unless the restriction is required by law or regulation, the constitutional documents of the
company whose Capital Stock have been charged will be amended to remove any restriction on the transfer or the registration of the transfer of the Capital Stock on the taking or enforcement of the Lien granted over them. 

(d) Customary representations as to good title to the Capital Stock in Obligors and Subsidiaries that are subject to local law Liens will be
included in the Capital Stock pledges. 
 (e) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (b) above, in the case of the South African
JV and/or any other entity incorporated in the Republic of South Africa: 
 (i) the Capital Stock certificates in respect of
the South African JV and/or such other entity incorporated in the Republic of South Africa shall be endorsed as “Non-Resident” (to the extent it has not already been so endorsed) by the relevant authorised dealer under the Exchange Control
Rulings published under the Currency and Exchanges Act, 1933 prior to their delivery to the Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above; and 

(ii) the Obligor pledging the Capital Stock in the South African JV and/or any other entity incorporated in the Republic of
South Africa as Collateral shall procure that the board of directors of the South African JV and/or such other entity incorporated in the Republic of South Africa pass resolutions acknowledging the pledge of the Capital Stock and confirming that
it/they will give effect to that Lien, and such Obligor will deliver a copy of such resolutions to the Security Agent as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of same. 

 

	12.	Real estate 

 (a) An Obligor may grant a Lien over its material real estate. 

(b) Except as set out in paragraph (d) below, there will be no obligation to investigate title, provide surveys or other insurance or
environmental due diligence. 
 (c) An Obligor will use its reasonable endeavours to obtain any landlord consent required to grant a Lien
over its material real estate. Costs of granting real estate Liens must be within the agreed Liens costs cap and the amount secured by each Lien over material real estate may be restricted to an agreed level. 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (b) above, in the case of U.S. real property collateral, such security
documents and other agreements, instruments and documents as are customarily required in connection with such collateral, including mortgages and deeds of trust, title insurance policies (or commitments therefore), title surveys and an Opinion of
Counsel to such U.S. Obligor, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee shall be provided. 
  

	13.	Release of Liens 

 Unless required by local law the circumstances in which the Lien shall
be released should not be dealt with in individual security documents but, if so required, shall, except to the extent required by local law, be the same as those set out in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

  
 F-6 

	14.	Definitions 

 In this Exhibit F: 

“Korean Guarantor” means a Guarantor incorporated or organised under the laws of the Republic of Korea. 

“Korean Intercompany Lender” means a Parent Holdco of a Korean Guarantor, in its capacity as a lender in respect of Korean
Intercompany Loans. 
 “Korean Intercompany Loan” means an intercompany loan made pursuant to a Korean Intercompany Loan
Agreement. 
 “Korean Intercompany Loan Agreement” means all intercompany loan agreements entered into (or to be entered
into) between a Korean Intercompany Lender and a Korean Guarantor. 
 “Korean Obligations” means the obligations owed by a
Korean Guarantor in respect of (a) its Korean Intercompany Loan Agreements and (b) its guarantee pursuant to Article 11 (Note Guarantees) of this Indenture. 

“Legal Reservations” means: 

(a) the principle that certain remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court, the limitation of enforcement by laws relating
to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors and secured creditors; 

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts and other applicable limitation laws and defences of acquiescence, set-off or
counterclaim and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void; 

(c) the principle that in certain circumstances Liens granted by way of fixed charge may be recharacterised as a floating charge or that Liens
purported to be constituted as an assignment may be recharacterised as a charge; 
 (d) the principle that additional interest imposed
pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void; 
 (e) the principle
that a court may not give effect to an indemnity for legal costs incurred by an unsuccessful litigant; 
 (f) the principle that the
creation or purported creation of a Lien over any contract or agreement which is subject to a prohibition on transfer, assignment or charging may be void, ineffective or invalid and may give rise to a breach of the contract or agreement over which
Liens has purportedly been created; 
 (g) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and 

(h) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in an Opinion of
Counsel. 
 “Limitation Acts” means the Limitation Act 1980 (U.K.) and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984 (U.K.). 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: 

(a) the business, assets or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole; or 

  
 F-7 

 (b) the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under any
of the Notes Finance Documents taking into account financial resources available to those Obligors from other members of the Group; or 

(c) subject to the Legal Reservations and the completion of any Perfection Requirements which are not overdue, the validity or enforceability
of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Liens granted or purported to be granted pursuant to any of, the Notes Finance Documents in any way which is materially adverse to the financial interests of the Notes Finance Parties under the Notes
Finance Documents taken as a whole and, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 15 Business Days of the Parent becoming aware of the issue or being so notified by the Trustee. 

“Notes Finance Documents” means the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Additional
Intercreditor Agreement, any Security Document, and any other document entered into in connection with the Notes and designated a Notes Finance Document by the Issuer and the Trustee. 

“Notes Finance Parties” means the Trustee, the Holders and the Security Agent. 

“Obligors” means the Issuer and each Guarantor. 

“Perfection Requirements” means the making or the procuring of the appropriate registrations, acknowledgements of
registration, filing, endorsements, notarisation, legalisations, stampings and/or notifications of the Security Documents or the Liens created thereunder. 

“U.S. Obligor” means a Guarantor that is organised, incorporated or formed under the laws of the United States or any State
thereof (including the District of Columbia). 

  
 F-8EX-10.6(A)

 Exhibit 10.6(a) 

ARDELYX, INC. 
 2014
EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN 
 ARTICLE 1. 

PURPOSE 
 The purpose of
the Ardelyx, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Plan”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Ardelyx, Inc. (the “Company”) by linking the individual
interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of the Company’s stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to the Company’s
stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the
successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent. 
 ARTICLE 2. 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION 

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. 
 2.1 “Administrator” shall mean
the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 13 hereof. With reference to the duties of the Administrator under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 13.6 hereof,
or as to which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties. 

2.2 “Affiliate” shall mean any Parent or Subsidiary. 

2.3 “Applicable Accounting Standards” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International
Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time. 

2.4 “Applicable Law” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation, (i) provisions of the Code, the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (ii) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (iii) rules of any
securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. 

 2.5 “Award” shall mean an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock
Unit award, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Deferred Stock award, a Deferred Stock Unit award, a Stock Payment award or a Stock Appreciation Right, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan (collectively,
“Awards”). 
 2.6 “Award Agreement” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions,
contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan. 

2.7 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. 

2.8 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one
or more of the following events: 
 (a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public
through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other
than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s
securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or 
 (b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the
beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.9(a) or
2.9(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period
or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or 
 (c)
The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction: 

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by
remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the
Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s
outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and 

  
 2 

 (ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more
of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.9(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity
solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or 
 (d) The Company’s
stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with
respect to any portion of an Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion
thereof) must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Section 409A. 

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the
Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority is in conjunction with a determination of whether a
Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation. 

2.9 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and
official guidance promulgated thereunder, whether issued prior or subsequent to the grant of any Award. 
 2.10 “Committee”
shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee of the Board or another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 13.1 hereof. 

2.11 “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share. 

2.12 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1 hereof. 

2.13 “Consultant” shall mean any consultant or advisor engaged to provide services to the Company or any Affiliate who
qualifies as a consultant or advisor under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement or any successor Form thereto or, prior to the Public Trading Date, under Rule
701 of the Securities Act. 
 2.14 “Covered Employee” shall mean any Employee who is, or could be, a “covered
employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. 

  
 3 

 2.15 “Deferred Stock” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under
Section 10.4 hereof. 
 2.16 “Deferred Stock Unit” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under
Section 10.5 hereof. 
 2.17 “Director” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time. 

2.18 “Dividend Equivalent” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on
Shares, awarded under Section 10.2 hereof. 
 2.19 “DRO” shall mean a “domestic relations order” as defined
by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder. 

2.20 “Effective Date” shall mean immediately prior to the time at which the Company registration statement relating to its
initial public offering becomes effective, provided that the Board has adopted the Plan prior to or on such date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders. 

2.21 “Eligible Individual” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined
by the Administrator. 
 2.22 “Employee” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with
Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or any Affiliate. 
 2.23 “Equity
Restructuring” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects
the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding stock-based Awards. 

2.24 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 

2.25 “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows: 

(a) If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global
Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) listed, quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on
such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal
or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; 

  
 4 

 (b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market
system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked
prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or 

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor
regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith. 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, with respect to any Award granted after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and prior to the Public Trading Date, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public
offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

2.26 “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the
Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code,
respectively). 
 2.27 “Holder” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award. 

2.28 “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to
the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. 
 2.29 “Non-Employee Director” shall mean a Director of the
Company who is not an Employee. 
 2.30 “Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy” shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 4.6 hereof. 
 2.31 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option
or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but does not meet the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code. 
 2.32
“Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6 hereof. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that
Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options. 
 2.33 “Option Term”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 hereof. 

  
 5 

 2.34 “Parent” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic
or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities ending with the Company if each of the entities other than the Company beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain. 
 2.35
“Performance Award” shall mean a cash bonus award, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 10.1 hereof. 

2.36 “Performance-Based Compensation” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based
compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code. 
 2.37 “Performance Criteria” shall mean the
criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows: 

(a) The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: (i) net earnings (either
before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income
(either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating income, earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, cash flow return on investments, operating cash flow and
free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin;
(xiii) costs; (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per Share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per Share; (xx) regulatory body approval for
commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; (xxiii) economic value; (xxiv) debt levels or reduction; (xxv) customer retention; (xxvi) sales-related
goals; (xxvii) comparisons with other stock market indices; (xxviii) operating efficiency; (xxix) customer satisfaction and/or growth; (xxx) employee satisfaction; (xxxi) research and development achievements;
(xxxii) financing and other capital raising transactions; (xxxiii) recruiting and maintaining personnel; and (xxxiv) year-end cash, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for the Company or any operating unit of the
Company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. 

(b) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more
of the Performance Goals. Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: (i) items related to a change in accounting principle; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for
restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period;
(vii) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items
attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are 

  
 6 

 
determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments, (xii) items related to amortization of acquired
intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws;
(xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; or
(xix) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in Applicable Laws, accounting principles or business conditions. For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such determinations shall be
made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code. 
 2.38 “Performance
Goals” shall mean, with respect to a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to
establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of an Affiliate, a division, business unit or one or more individuals. The achievement of each Performance Goal shall
be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards. 
 2.39 “Performance Period”
shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s
right to, and the payment of, a Performance Award. 
 2.40 “Performance Stock Unit” shall mean a Performance Award awarded
under Section 10.1 hereof which is denominated in units of value including dollar value of shares of Common Stock. 
 2.41
“Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, (a) prior to the Public Trading Date, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined under Rule 701 of the Securities Act and (b) on or after the Public
Trading Date, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined under the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act or any successor Form thereto, or any other transferee specifically approved by the
Administrator, after taking into account Applicable Law. 
 2.42 “Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1
hereof. 
 2.43 “Prior Plan” shall mean the Ardelyx, Inc. 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as such plan may be amended from time
to time. 
 2.44 “Program” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms
and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan. 

2.45 “Public Trading Date” shall mean the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon
notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system. 

  
 7 

 2.46 “Restricted Stock” shall mean an award of Shares made under Article 8
hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase. 
 2.47 “Restricted Stock
Unit” shall mean a contractual right awarded under Article 9 hereof to receive in the future a Share or the Fair Market Value of a Share in cash. 

2.48 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

2.49 “Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock. 

2.50 “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article 11 hereof. 

2.51 “Stock Appreciation Right Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4 hereof. 

2.52 “Stock Payment” shall mean (a) a payment in the form of Shares, or (b) an option or other right to purchase
Shares, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, awarded under Section 10.3 hereof. 
 2.53
“Subsidiary” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain
beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 2.54 “Substitute Award” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for,
outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided, however, that in no event
shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right. 

2.55 “Termination of Service” shall mean: 

(a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for any reason,
with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 (b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason,
including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate. 

  
 8 

 (c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the
Company or any Affiliate is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in
employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate. 
 The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all
matters and questions relating to Terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a
Termination of Service; provided, however, that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of the Program, the Award Agreement or otherwise, a leave of absence, change in status
from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts
employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be
deemed to be terminated in the event that the Affiliate employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain an Affiliate following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

 ARTICLE 3. 
 SHARES
SUBJECT TO THE PLAN 
 3.1 Number of Shares. 

(a) Subject to Sections 14.1, 14.2 and 3.1(b) hereof, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards
under the Plan shall be equal to the sum of (i) 12,773,9521 Shares, (ii) any of the Shares which as of the Effective Date are available for issuance under the Prior Plan, or are subject
to awards under the Prior Plan that, on or after the Effective Date, terminate, expire or lapse for any reason without the delivery of Shares to the holder thereof, up to a maximum of 7,924,6042
Shares, and (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, in each case subject to the approval of the Administrator on or prior to the applicable date, equal to the lesser of (A) four percent
(4%) of the Shares outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board; provided, however, no more than
85,767,9663 Shares may be issued upon the exercise of 
  

	1 	Note: To be proportionally adjusted for any reverse split that occurs in connection with the IPO. 

	2 	Note: To be proportionally adjusted for any reverse split that occurs in connection with the IPO. 

	3 	 Note: To be proportionally adjusted for any reverse split that occurs in connection with the IPO.

  
 9 

 
Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares added to the share limit pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii) or Section 3.1(a)(iii) hereof shall be available for issuance as
Incentive Stock Options only to the extent that making such Shares available for issuance as Incentive Stock Options would not cause any Incentive Stock Option to cease to qualify as such. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under
Applicable Law, Awards that provide for the delivery of Shares subsequent to the applicable grant date may be granted in excess of the share limit if such Awards provide for the forfeiture or cash settlement of such Awards to the extent that
insufficient Shares remain under the share limit in this Section 3.1 at the time that Shares would otherwise be issued in respect of such Award. As of the Effective Date, no further awards may be granted under the Prior Plan; however, any
awards under the Prior Plan that are outstanding as of the Effective Date shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Prior Plan. 

(b) If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited or expire or such Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the Shares subject to
such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan. By way of example and not limitation, the following Shares shall be added back to the Shares authorized
for grant under Section 3.1(a) hereof and will be available for future grants of Awards: (i) Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) Shares tendered by the Holder or
withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right; and (iii) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the
Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof. Any Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 hereof at the same price paid by the Holder or a lower price so that such Shares are returned to the Company will again be available for
Awards. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may
again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code 

(c) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by
the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available
for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration
payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such
available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing
services to the Company or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination. 

  
 10 

 3.2 Stock Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole
or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market. 
 3.3
Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards to Non-Employee Directors. The maximum number of Shares subject to Awards that may be granted to any Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall be the greater of (i) 100,000 and
(ii) such number of Shares such that the maximum aggregate value of Awards granted to the Non-Employee Director during such calendar year is $400,000. 

ARTICLE 4. 
 GRANTING OF
AWARDS 
 4.1 Participation. The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom
an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan. Except as provided in Section 4.6 hereof regarding the grant of Awards pursuant to the
Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, no Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan. 

4.2 Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such
Award, which may include the term of the Award, the provisions applicable in the event of the Holder’s Termination of Service, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.
Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing
Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. 

4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted
or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder
shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule. 
 4.4 At-Will Employment; Voluntary
Participation. Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any Affiliate, or shall interfere with or
restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Affiliate, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change
all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Affiliate. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and
nothing in the Plan shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual shall participate in the Plan. 

  
 11 

 4.5 Foreign Holders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order
to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities
exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to
participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange;
(d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices);
provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 hereof; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to
obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder,
and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Code, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, any other securities law or governing statute, the rules of the securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed,
quoted or traded or any other Applicable Law. For purposes of the Plan, all references to foreign laws, rules, regulations or taxes shall be references to the laws, rules, regulations and taxes of any applicable jurisdiction other than the United
States or a political subdivision thereof. 
 4.6 Non-Employee Director Awards. The Administrator may, in its discretion, provide
that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written non-discretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy”), subject to the limitations of
the Plan. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards
shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its discretion. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator
from time to time in its discretion. 
 4.7 Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole
discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a
different time from the grant of such other Awards. 

  
 12 

 ARTICLE 5. 

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS 

PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION. 

5.1 Purpose. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine at the time an Award is granted or at any time thereafter whether any
Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee, in its sole discretion, decides to grant such an Award to an Eligible Individual that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, then the provisions of
this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan. The Administrator may in its sole discretion grant Awards to other Eligible Individuals that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not
satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be
Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined, to the extent applicable, on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards. 

5.2 Applicability. The grant of an Award to an Eligible Individual for a particular Performance Period shall not require the grant of
an Award to such Eligible Individual in any subsequent Performance Period and the grant of an Award to any one Eligible Individual shall not require the grant of an Award to any other Eligible Individual in such period or in any other period. 

5.3 Types of Awards. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant any Award to an Eligible Individual
intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, including, without limitation, Restricted Stock the restrictions with respect to which lapse upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals, Restricted Stock Units that vest and become
payable upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals and any Performance Awards described in Article 10 hereof that vest or become exercisable or payable upon the attainment of one or more specified Performance Goals. 

5.4 Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of
Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted to one or more Eligible Individuals which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any
Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals,
(b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Goals, and
(d) specify the relationship between the Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each
Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned under such Awards, unless otherwise provided
in an applicable 

  
 13 

 
Program or Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional
factors that the Committee may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period. 

5.5 Payment of Performance-Based Awards. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement or pursuant to
Section 14.2 hereof and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, as to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Holder must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate
throughout the applicable Performance Period. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Performance Goals, Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to
the extent the Performance Goals for such applicable Performance Period are achieved. 
 5.6 Additional Limitations. Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations
set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the
extent necessary to conform to such requirements. 
 ARTICLE 6. 

GRANTING OF OPTIONS 
 6.1
Granting of Options to Eligible Individuals. The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine which shall not be inconsistent
with the Plan. 
 6.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not
an Employee of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company. No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock
Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Administrator, with the consent of the Holder, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an
“incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but
without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any subsidiary or parent corporation thereof (each as defined in
Section 424(f) and (e) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be
applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted. In addition, to
the extent that any Options otherwise fail to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. 

  
 14 

 6.3 Option Exercise Price. Except as provided in Article 14 hereof, the exercise price per
Share subject to each Option shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the
Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). 

6.4 Option Term. The term of each Option (the “Option Term”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
provided, however, that the Option Term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, or five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder. The
Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Options, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of the Option
Term. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option, may extend the time period during which
vested Options may be exercised following any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Service. 

6.5 Option Vesting. 
 (a)
The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period
after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the Performance Criteria, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator. At any time after the grant of an Option, the Administrator may, in
its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the vesting of the Option, including following a Termination of Service; provided, that in no event shall an Option become exercisable following its expiration,
termination or forfeiture. 
 (b) No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter
become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the Program, the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option. 

6.6 Substitute Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a
Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such

  
 15 

 
Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market
value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or
substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares. 
 6.7 Substitution of Stock Appreciation
Rights. The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such
Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall
also have the same exercise price, vesting schedule and remaining Option Term as the substituted Option. 
 ARTICLE 7. 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS 
 7.1
Partial Exercise. An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part. However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise
must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares. 
 7.2 Manner of Exercise. All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be
deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable: 

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion
thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option; 

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with
all Applicable Law. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer
notices to agents and registrars; 
 (c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 12.3 hereof by any person
or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and 

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the shares with respect
to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Section 12.1 and 12.2 hereof. 

  
 16 

 7.3 Notification Regarding Disposition. The Holder shall give the Company prompt written
or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option which occurs within (a) two (2) years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for
purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) of such Option to such Holder, or (b) one (1) year after the transfer of such shares to such Holder. 

ARTICLE 8. 
 AWARD OF
RESTRICTED STOCK 
 8.1 Award of Restricted Stock. 

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including
the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate. 

(b) The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided, however,
that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance
of Restricted Stock to the extent required by Applicable Law. 
 8.2 Rights as Stockholders. Subject to Section 8.4 hereof, upon
issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the applicable Program or in each individual Award
Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares; provided, however, that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect
to the Shares shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3 hereof. In addition, with respect to a share of Restricted Stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting shall only be paid out to the
Holder to the extent that performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests. 
 8.3
Restrictions. All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms
of the applicable Program or in each individual Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights
and transferability and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Administrator, including, without limitation, criteria based on the
Holder’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company, the Performance Criteria, Company or Affiliate performance, individual performance or other criteria selected by the Administrator. By action taken after the
Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator 

  
 17 

 
may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the
Program and/or the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire. 
 8.4
Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service
during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. If a price
was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a
cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the Program or the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator in its sole discretion may provide
that in the event of certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock shall not
lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and, if applicable, the Company shall not have a right of repurchase. 
 8.5 Certificates for
Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine. Certificates or book entries evidencing shares of Restricted Stock must include an appropriate legend referring
to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock. The Company may, in it sole discretion, (a) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions thereon
shall have lapsed and/or (b) require that the stock certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and
that the Holder deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Restricted Stock. 
 8.6 Section 83(b) Election. If a
Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable
under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service. 

ARTICLE 9. 
 AWARD OF
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS 
 9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted
Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. 

9.2 Term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole
discretion. 

  
 18 

 9.3 Purchase Price. The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid
by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided, however, that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. 

9.4 Vesting of Restricted Stock Units. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted
Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Affiliate,
one or more Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator. 

9.5 Maturity and Payment. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of
Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined
by the Administrator, set forth in any applicable Award Agreement, and subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the
fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of calendar year in which the Restricted Stock Unit vests; or
(b) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the
Restricted Stock Unit vests. On the maturity date, the Company shall, subject to Section 12.4(e) hereof, transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and
not previously forfeited, or, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator. 

9.6 Payment upon Termination of Service. An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall only be payable while the Holder is an Employee, a
Consultant or a member of the Board, as applicable; provided, however, that the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion may provide (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) that a Restricted Stock Unit award may be paid
subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service. 

9.7 No Rights as a Stockholder. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a Holder who is awarded Restricted Stock Units shall
possess no incidents of ownership with respect to the Shares represented by such Restricted Stock Units, unless and until the same are transferred to the Holder pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the Award Agreement. 

9.8 Dividend Equivalents. Subject to Section 10.2 hereof, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that Dividend
Equivalents shall be earned by a Holder of Restricted Stock Units based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date an Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted to a
Holder and the maturity date of such Award. 

  
 19 

 ARTICLE 10. 

AWARD OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, STOCK 

PAYMENTS, DEFERRED STOCK, DEFERRED STOCK UNITS 

10.1 Performance Awards. 

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Performance Awards, including Awards of Performance Stock Units, to any Eligible Individual and
to determine whether such Performance Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation. The value of Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Units, may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific criteria
determined by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Unit awards may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of
cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator. 
 (b) Without limiting Section 10.1(a) hereof, the Administrator may grant
Performance Awards to any Eligible Individual in the form of a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals, or such other criteria, whether or not objective, which are established by the Administrator, in each case on a
specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Any such bonuses paid to a Holder which are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established
in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 hereof. 
 10.2 Dividend Equivalents. 

(a) Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend
payment dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Holder and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or
additional shares of Common Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on
dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests. 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights. 

10.3 Stock Payments. The Administrator is authorized to make Stock Payments to any Eligible Individual. The number or value of Shares
of any Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon one or more Performance Criteria or any other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, determined by the Administrator. Shares
underlying a Stock Payment which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of a
Stock Payment shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Stock Payment 

  
 20 

 
until such time as the Stock Payment has vested and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder. Stock Payments may, but are not required to, be made in lieu of base salary,
bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual. 
 10.4 Deferred Stock. The Administrator is
authorized to grant Deferred Stock to any Eligible Individual. The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and may (but is not required to) be based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria,
including service to the Company or any Affiliate, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Shares underlying a Deferred Stock award which is subject to
a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will be issued on the vesting date(s) or date(s) that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied, as applicable. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a
Holder of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the Award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied and the Shares underlying the
Award have been issued to the Holder. 
 10.5 Deferred Stock Units. The Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock Units to
any Eligible Individual. The number of Deferred Stock Units shall be determined by the Administrator and may (but is not required to) be based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any
Affiliate, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Each Deferred Stock Unit shall entitle the Holder thereof to receive one share of Common Stock on
the date the Deferred Stock Unit becomes vested or upon a specified settlement date thereafter (which settlement date may (but is not required to) be the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service). Shares underlying a Deferred Stock Unit
award which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until on or following the date that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the
Administrator, a Holder of Deferred Stock Units shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock Units until such time as the Award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied
and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder. 
 10.6 Term. The term of a Performance Award, Dividend
Equivalent award, Stock Payment award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion. 

10.7 Purchase Price. The Administrator may establish the purchase price of a Performance Award, Shares distributed as a Stock Payment
award, shares of Deferred Stock or Shares distributed pursuant to a Deferred Stock Unit award; provided, however, that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable
Law. 

  
 21 

 10.8 Termination of Service. A Performance Award, Stock Payment award, Dividend Equivalent
award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award is distributable only while the Holder is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as applicable. The Administrator, however, in its sole discretion may provide that the Performance Award,
Dividend Equivalent award, Stock Payment award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award may be distributed subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or
disability or any other specified Termination of Service. 
 ARTICLE 11. 

AWARD OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 

11.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. 

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on
such terms and conditions as it may determine consistent with the Plan. 
 (b) A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Holder (or other
person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount
determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to
which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose. Except as described in (c) below or in Section 14.2 hereof, the exercise price per Share subject to each Stock
Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 11.1(b) hereof to the contrary, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is
a Substitute Award, the price per Share of the Shares subject to such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of: (i) the
aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (ii) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value
(as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted
for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares. 
 11.2 Stock Appreciation Right Vesting. 

(a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, a Stock Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the
Administrator and the Administrator may determine that a Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the
Performance Criteria or any other criteria selected by the Administrator. At any time after grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the
period during which a Stock Appreciation Right vests. 

  
 22 

 (b) No portion of a Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at Termination of Service
shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the applicable Program or Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, including
following a Termination of Service; provided, that in no event shall a Stock Appreciation Right become exercisable following its expiration, termination or forfeiture. 

11.3 Manner of Exercise. All or a portion of an exercisable Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of
the following to the stock administrator of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable: 

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Stock Appreciation
Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right or such portion of the Stock Appreciation Right; 

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with
all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such
compliance; and 
 (c) In the event that the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 11.3 hereof by any
person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right. 

11.4 Stock Appreciation Right Term. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the “Stock Appreciation Right Term”)
shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted. The Administrator shall determine the time
period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Stock Appreciation Rights, which time period may not extend beyond the expiration date of the Stock Appreciation Right
Term. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 11.4, the Administrator may extend the Stock Appreciation Right Term of any outstanding
Stock Appreciation Right, may extend the time period during which vested Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised following any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend any other term or condition of such Stock Appreciation Right
relating to such a Termination of Service. 
 11.5 Payment. Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights
pursuant to this Article 11 shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator. 

  
 23 

 ARTICLE 12. 

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS 

12.1 Payment. The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under
the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such
period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or
electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the
sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the
Administrator. The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an
“executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such
payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act. 
 12.2
Tax Withholding. The Company or any Affiliate shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the
Holder’s FICA or employment tax obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan. The Administrator may in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing
requirement allow a Holder to satisfy such obligations by any payment means described in Section 12.1 hereof, including without limitation, by allowing such Holder to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award
(or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such
liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. The Administrator shall determine the fair market value
of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock
Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation. 

  
 24 

 12.3 Transferability of Awards. 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 12.3(b) and 12.3(c) hereof: 

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed; 

(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s
successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by
judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such
Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to the satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by clause (i) of this provision; and

 (iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to such Holder under the
Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be
exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution. 

(b) Notwithstanding Section 12.3(a) hereof, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder or a Permitted
Transferee of such Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and
conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee (other than to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder) other than by will or the laws of descent
and distribution; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and
(iii) the Holder (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as
a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer. 

  
 25 

 (c) Notwithstanding Section 12.3(a) hereof, a Holder may, in the manner determined by the
Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any
rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder, except to the extent the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional
restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other
than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than fifty percent (50%) of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic
consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and
distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided that the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death. 

12.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares. 

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book
entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such shares is in compliance with all Applicable Law, and the Shares are
covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and
representations as the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law. 
 (b) All Share
certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. The
Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares. 
 (c) The
Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole
discretion of the Administrator. 
 (d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion,
whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down. 
 (e)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and
instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). 

  
 26 

 12.5 Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions. Pursuant to its general authority to determine
the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in an Award Agreement or otherwise, or to require a Holder to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that: 

(a) (i) Any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of the
Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award, must be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (x) a
Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (y) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with
the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Administrator or (z) the Holder incurs a Termination of Service for “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole
discretion of the Administrator, or as set forth in a written agreement relating to such Award between the Company and the Holder); and 

(b) All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or
exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with
the requirements of Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the
applicable Award Agreement. 
 12.6 Prohibition on Repricing. Subject to Section 14.2 hereof, the Administrator shall not,
without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per Share, or (ii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for
cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares. 

12.7 Leave of Absence. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any
unpaid leave of absence. A Holder shall not cease to be considered an Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant, as applicable, in the case of any (a) leave of absence approved by the Company, (b) transfer between locations of the
Company or between the Company and any of its Affiliates or any successor thereof, or (c) change in status (Employee to Director, Employee to Consultant, etc.), provided that such change does not affect the specific terms applying to the
Holder’s Award. 

  
 27 

 ARTICLE 13. 

ADMINISTRATION 
 13.1
Administrator. The Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted
herein) and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee
director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code and an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded; provided that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined
not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 13.l or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members
shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
(a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms
“Administrator” and “Committee” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 13.6 hereof. 

13.2 Duties and Powers of Administrator. It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in
accordance with its provisions. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent
therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Program or Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not
affected materially and adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 14.10 hereof. Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to
each Holder. Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and
all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations
or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. 

13.3 Action by the Committee. Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee
shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee.
Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public
accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. 

  
 28 

 13.4 Authority of Administrator. Subject to the Company’s Bylaws, the
Committee’s Charter and any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to: 

(a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards; 

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual; 

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate; 

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant
price, or purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and
any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines; 

(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be
paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered; 
 (f) Prescribe the form of
each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder; 
 (g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection
with an Award; 
 (h) Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 (i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement; 

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable
to administer the Plan; and 
 (k) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at
any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Section 14.2(d) hereof. 
 13.5
Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final,
binding, and conclusive on all parties. 

  
 29 

 13.6 Delegation of Authority. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or
Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to Article 13;
provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant awards to, or amend awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the
Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided, further, that any delegation of administrative authority
shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code and Applicable Law. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such
delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 13.6 hereof shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the
Committee. 
 ARTICLE 14. 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

14.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 14.1, the Plan may be wholly
or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee. However, without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the
action by the Administrator, no action of the Administrator may, except as provided in Section 14.2 hereof, (a) increase the limits imposed in Section 3.1 hereof on the maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, or
(b) reduce the price per share of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan, or (c) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation
Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares. Except as provided in Section 14.10 hereof, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, materially and adversely
affect any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and in no
event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date. 

14.2 Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events. 

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than
normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable
adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (i) 

  
 30 

 
the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 hereof on the maximum number and kind
of shares which may be issued under the Plan); (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or
property) for which grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 4.6 hereof; (iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable
performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (v) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made
consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. 
 (b) In the event of any transaction or event described in
Section 14.2(a) hereof or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law, the Administrator,
in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is
hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available
under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles: 

(i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property, if any, equal to the
amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 14.2 the
Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement
of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s
rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested; 
 (ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor
or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments
as to the number and kind of shares and prices; 
 (iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of the Company’s stock
(or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included
in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future; 

  
 31 

 (iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to
all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement; and 
 (v) To
provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event. 
 (c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity
Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 14.2(a) and 14.2(b) hereof: 
 (i) The number and type of securities
subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and/or 
 (ii)
The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the
Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued under the Plan). 

The adjustments provided under this Section 14.2(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and
the Company. 
 (d) Change in Control. 

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be assumed or an
equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, in each case, as determined by the Administrator. 

(ii) In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control and its parents and subsidiaries refuse to assume or substitute for
any Award in accordance with Section 14.2(d)(i) hereof, each such non-assumed/substituted Award, except for any Performance Awards, shall become fully vested and, as applicable, exercisable and shall be deemed exercised, immediately prior to
the consummation of such transaction, and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all such Awards shall lapse at such time. For the avoidance of doubt, the vesting of any Performance Awards not assumed in a Change in Control will not be automatically
accelerated pursuant to this Section 14.2(d)(ii) and will instead vest pursuant to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement upon a Change in Control where the successor corporation and its parents and subsidiaries refuse to
assume or substitute for any Award in accordance with Section 14.2(d)(i) hereof. If an Award vests and, as applicable, is exercised in lieu of assumption or substitution in connection with a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the
Holder of such vesting and any applicable exercise period, and the Award shall terminate upon the Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, if the value of an Award that is terminated in connection with this Section 14.2(d)(ii) is zero or
negative at the time of such Change in Control, such Award shall be terminated upon the Change in Control without payment of consideration therefor. 

  
 32 

 (e) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, include such further provisions and
limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan. 

(f) With respect to Awards which are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no adjustment
or action described in this Section 14.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, unless the
Administrator determines that the Award should not so qualify. No adjustment or action described in this Section 14.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to
violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code. Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the
exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions. 

(g) The existence of the Plan, the Program, the Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the
right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the
Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into
or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise. 

(h) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution
(other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its
sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction. 

14.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders. The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve
(12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided that such Awards shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions
thereon shall not lapse and no Shares shall be issued pursuant thereto prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders; and provided, further, that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve
(12) month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void. 

  
 33 

 14.4 No Stockholders Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Holder shall have none
of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares. 
 14.5
Paperless Administration. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or
interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system. 

14.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans
in effect for the Company or any Affiliate. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the
Company or any Affiliate, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection
with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association. 

14.7 Compliance with Laws. The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the
payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law, and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the
Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and
representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the
extent necessary to conform to such Applicable Law. 
 14.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act.
The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange
Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto. 
 14.9 Governing Law. The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be
administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction. 

14.10 Section 409A. To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to
Section 409A of the Code, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the
Plan, the Program and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A 

  
 34 

 
of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after
the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of
Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and
procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or
preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any
penalty taxes under such Section. 
 14.11 No Rights to Awards. No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be
granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other persons uniformly. 

14.12 Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to
any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate. 

14.13 Indemnification. To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, each member of the Committee or of the Board and any officer
or other employee to whom authority to administer any component of the Plan is delegated shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member
in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all
amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes
to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation
or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless. 
 14.14
Relationship to other Benefits. No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or
any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder. 
 14.15
Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. 

  
 35 

 * * * * * 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Ardelyx, Inc. on May 23, 2014. 

* * * * * 
 I hereby certify that the foregoing
Plan was approved by the stockholders of Ardelyx, Inc. on                          ,
201    . 
 Executed on this      day of
                    , 201    . 

 

	
	
	   

	[Name, Title]

  
 36

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00231-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00231-of-00352.parquet"}]]